2004 Infiniti M45 Owner Guide - Dealer.com US · belt and receive serious internal injuries. O For...

Foreword

Your INFINITI represents a new way of think-ing about vehicle design. It integrates ad-vanced engineering and superior craftsman-ship with a simple, refined aesthetic sensitivityassociated with traditional Japanese culture.

The result is a different notion of luxury andbeauty. The car itself is important, but so is thesense of harmony that the vehicle evokes inits driver, and the sense of satisfaction youfeel with the INFINITI — from the way it looksand drives to the high level of retailer service.

To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI to thefullest, we encourage you to read this Owner’sManual immediately. It explains all of thefeatures, controls and performance character-istics of your INFINITI; it also provides impor-tant instructions and safety information.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletcan be found in your Owner’s literatureportfolio. Always carry it with you whenyou take your vehicle to an INFINITI dealer.The portfolio contents provide completeinformation about all warranties coveringthis vehicle, the periodic maintenance re-quired to keep the warranties in effect aswell as the INFINITI Roadside Assistanceprogram.

Additionally, a separate Customer Careand Lemon Law Information Booklet will

explain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’slemon law.

INFINITI is dedicated to providing a satisfyingownership experience for as long as you ownyour car. Should you have any questionsregarding your INFINITI or your INFINITIdealer, please contact our Consumer Affairsdepartment at 1-800-662-6200. In Hawaii1-808-836-0888 (Oahu number). In Canada1-800-361-4792. Thank you.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVESAFELYBefore driving your vehicle please readyour Owner’s Manual carefully. This willensure familiarity with controls and main-tenance requirements, assisting you in thesafe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA-TION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

O NEVER drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

O ALWAYS observe posted speed limitsand never drive too fast for condi-tions.

O ALWAYS use your seat belts and ap-propriate child restraint systems. Pre-teen children should be seated in therear seat.

O ALWAYS provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safety fea-tures to all occupants of the vehicle.

O ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manualfor important safety information.

MODIFICATION OF YOURVEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified. Modi-fication could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violategovernmental regulations. In addition,damage or performance problems result-ing from modifications may not be coveredunder INFINITI warranties.

WHEN READING THE MANUALThis manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. Therefore,

Z 03.10.8/Y34-D/V5.0 X

you may find some information that doesnot apply to your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrationsin this manual are those in effect at the time ofprinting. INFINITI reserves the right to changespecifications or design at any time withoutnotice.

IMPORTANT INFORMATIONABOUT THIS MANUAL

You will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce therisk, the procedures must be followedprecisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or moder-ate personal injury or damage to yourvehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, theprocedures must be followed carefully.

If you see this symbol, it means Do not dothis or Do not let this happen .

If you see a symbol similar to these in anillustration, it means the arrow points to thefront of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese call attention to an item in the illustra-tion.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNING

Engine Exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and certain vehicle componentscontain or emit chemicals known to Stateof California to cause cancer and birthdefects or other reproductive harm. Inaddition, certain fluids contained in ve-hicles and certain products of compo-nent wear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California to causecancer and birth defects or other repro-ductive harm.

© 2004 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.TOKYO, JAPAN

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual maybe reproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or trans-mitted in any form, or by any means, electronic, me-chanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, withoutthe prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.

SIC0697

Z 04.1.21/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Table ofContents

Illustrated table of contents

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint systems

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, climate, audio and voice-activated controlsystems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

0 Illustrated table of contents

Exterior ...................................................................... 0-2Instrument panel ....................................................... 0-3Meters and gauges ................................................... 0-4Engine compartment locations.................................. 0-5

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

1. Hood (Page 3-11)

2. Headlight, parking and turn signal lights(P.2-19, 8-25)

3. Windshield wiper and washer (P.2-18,8-18)

4. Front personal light (P.2-36)

5. Sunroof (P.2-33)

6. Power windows (P.2-32)

7. Rear personal light (P.2-37)

8. Fog light (P.2-23)

9. Towing hook installation (P.6-12)

10. Front side marker light (P.8-26)

11. Tires (P.6-2, 8-29)

12. Outside mirrors (p.3-17)

13. Doors (Key, locks) (P.3-2)

14. Trunk lid (P.3-11)

15. High-mounted stop light (P.8-26)

16. Rear window defroster (P.2-19)

17. Fuel filler lid (P.3-14)

18. Back-up, Turn signal, Stop/Tail light(P.8-26)

SSI0013

EXTERIOR

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

1. Instrument brightness control switch(P.2-23)

2. Outside mirror remote control (P.3-17)3. Security indicator light (P.2-15)4. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch

(P.2-19)

5. Steering switch for Audio (P.4-28), VACS(P.4-34), Infiniti communicator

6. Meters and gauges (P.2-3)7. Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-6)8. Cruise control main/set switch (P.5-14) or

Intelligent Cruise Control switch (P.5-15)

9. Windshield wiper/washer switch (P.2-18)10. Ignition switch (P.5-6)11. Center ventilator (P.4-9)12. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-24)13. Display, Climate and Audio control

switches/buttons (P.4-2)/Navigation sys-tem*

14. Front passenger supplemental air bag(P.1-6)

15. Headlight aiming control switch (P.2-22)16. VDC OFF switch (P.2-26)17. Hood release handle (P.3-11)18. Tilting/telescopic steering wheel switch

(P.3-15)19. Fuse box cover (P.8-21)20. Parking brake pedal/parking brake re-

lease pedal (P.5-13)21. CD player (P.4-17)22. Cigarette lighter and ashtray (P.2-28)23. Automatic transmission selector lever

(P.5-8)24. Clock (P.2-26)25. Cassette tape player (P.4-17)26. Glove box (P.2-30)*: Refer to the separate Navigation System

Owner’s Manual. (if so equipped)

SSI0014

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

Z 04.3.3/Y34-D/V5.0 X

1. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-9)

2. Speedometer (P.2-3)

3. Tachometer (P.2-4)

4. Fuel gauge (P.2-5)

5. Reset knob for trip odometer (P.2-3)

6. Odometer (Total/Twin trip) (P.2-3)

7. Intelligent Cruise Control system display(if so equipped) (P.5-22)

8. Automatic transmission position indicator(P.2-13)

9. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-4)

SIC1875

METERS AND GAUGES


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-22)

2. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-8)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-9)

4. Cooling fan fluid reservoir (P.8-13)

5. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-14)

6. Battery (P.8-15)

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir (P.8-14)

8. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-13)

9. Radiator filler cap (P.8-9)

10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-10)

11. Air cleaner (P.8-17)

SDI1409

ENGINE COMPARTMENTLOCATIONS

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple-mental restraint systems

Seats ......................................................................... 1-2Front power seat adjustment ............................... 1-2Head restraint adjustment .................................... 1-4Active head restraint (front seats) ........................ 1-5Armrest ................................................................. 1-5

Supplemental restraint system.................................. 1-6Precautions on supplemental restraint system .... 1-6Supplemental air bag warning labels ................. 1-17Supplemental air bag warning light.................... 1-17

Seat belts ................................................................ 1-19Precautions on seat belt usage ......................... 1-19Child safety......................................................... 1-22Pregnant women ................................................ 1-22

Injured persons................................................... 1-23Three-point type seat belt with retractor ............ 1-23Seat belt extenders ............................................ 1-26Seat belt maintenance ....................................... 1-26

Child restraints ........................................................ 1-27Precautions on child restraints ........................... 1-27Installation on rear seat outboard or centerpositions ............................................................. 1-28LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)system ................................................................ 1-33Top tether strap child restraint ........................... 1-35Installation on front passenger seat ................... 1-36

Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accidentyou could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lapbelt and receive serious internalinjuries.

O For most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback in the seat and adjust the seatbelt properly. See “Precautions onseat belt usage” later in this section.

FRONT POWER SEATADJUSTMENT

WARNING

O Do not adjust the driver’s seat whiledriving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

O Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls.Unattended children could becomeinvolved in serious accidents.

Operating tips

O The seat motor has an auto-reset overloadprotection circuit. If the motor stops duringoperation, wait 30 seconds, then reactivatethe switch.

O Do not operate the power support seatfor a long period of time when the engine isoff. This will discharge the battery.

See “Automatic drive positioner” in the “3.Pre-driving checks and adjustments” for auto-matic drive positioner operation.

SSS0133

SEATS

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systems

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Forward and backward

Moving the switch forward or backward willslide the seat forward or backward to thedesired position.

Reclining

Move the recline switch backward until thedesired angle is obtained. To bring the seat-back forward again, move the switch forwardand move your body forward. The seatbackwill move forward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes tohelp obtain proper seat belt fit. (See “Precau-tions on seat belt usage” later in this section.)Also, seatback may be reclined to allow occu-pants to rest when the vehicle is parked.

Seat lifter (Driver’s seat)

Push the front or rear end of the switch up ordown to adjust the angle and height of the seatcushion.

SPA1273A SPA1275

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1-3

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)

The lumbar support feature provides lowerback support to the driver. Move the switchforward or backward to adjust the seat lumbararea.

HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT

To raise the head restraint, just pull it up. Tolower, push the lock knob and push the headrestraint down.

Adjust the head restraints so the center is levelwith the center of your ears.

WARNING

Head restraints should be adjustedproperly as they may provide significantprotection against injury in an accident.Do not remove them. Check the adjust-ment after someone else uses the seat.

SPA1276 SSS0125 SSS0178


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT (frontseats)

WARNING

O Always adjust the head restraintsproperly as specified in the previoussection. Failure to do so can reducethe effectiveness of the active headrestraint.

O Active head restraints are designedto supplement other safety systems.Always wear seat belts. No systemcan prevent all injuries in any acci-dent.

O Do not attach anything to the headrestraint stalks. Doing so could im-pair active head restraint function.

The head restraint moves forward utilizing theforce that the seatback receives from the oc-cupant in a rear-end collision. The movementof the head restraint helps support the occu-pant’s head by reducing its backward move-ment and helping absorb some of the forcesthat may lead to whiplash type injuries.

Active head restraints are effective for colli-sions at low to medium speeds in which it issaid that whiplash injury occurs most.

Active head restraints operate only in certainrear-end collisions. After the collision, the headrestraints return to their original positions.

Properly adjust the active head restraints asdescribed in the previous section.

ARMREST

Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.

SPA1025

SSS0195


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

PRECAUTIONS ONSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important information con-cerning the driver and passenger front impactsupplemental air bags, front seat side-impactsupplemental air bags, curtain side-impact airbags and front seat pre-tensioner seat belts.Supplemental front impact air bag system:This system can help cushion the impact forceto the face and chest of the driver and frontpassenger in certain frontal collisions.Supplemental side-impact air bag system:This system can help cushion the impact forceto the chest area of the driver and front pas-senger in certain side impact collisions. Thefront seat side-impact supplemental air bagsare designed to inflate on the side where thevehicle is impacted.Supplemental curtain side-impact air bagsystem: This system can help cushion theimpact force to the head of occupants in frontand rear outboard seating positions in certainside impact collisions. The curtain side-impactair bags are designed to inflate on the sidewhere the vehicle is impacted.

These supplemental restraint systems are de-signed to supplement the crash protection

provided by the driver and passenger seatbelts and are not a substitute for them. Seatbelts should always be correctly worn and theoccupant seated a suitable distance awayfrom the steering wheel, instrument panel anddoor finishers. (See “Seat belts” later in thissection for instructions and precautions onseat belt usage.)

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O The supplemental front air bags ordi-narily will not inflate in the event of aside impact, rear impact, roll over, orlower severity frontal collision. Al-ways wear your seat belts to helpreduce the risk or severity of injury invarious kinds of accidents.

O The seat belts and the supplementalfront air bags are most effective when

you are sitting well back and uprightin the seat. Front air bags inflate withgreat force. If you are unrestrained,leaning forward, sitting sideways orout of position in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive seriousor fatal injuries from the supplemen-tal front air bag if you are up againstit when it inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as far awayas practical from the steering wheel

or instrument panel. Always use theseat belts.

O The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped with sen-sors that detect if the seat belts arefastened. The air bag system moni-tors the severity of a collision andthen inflates the air bags based onbelt usage. Failure to properly wearseat belts can increase the risk orseverity of injury in an accident.

O Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could increasethe risk that they are injured when thesupplemental front air bag inflates.

SSS0131


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

SSS0132 SSS0006

SSS0007


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Never let children ride unrestrainedor extend their hands or face out ofthe window. Do not attempt to holdthem in your lap or arms. Some ex-amples of dangerous riding positionsare shown in the previous illustra-tions. Preteens and children shouldbe properly restrained in the rear seatif possible.

O Children may be severely injured orkilled when the supplemental front airbags, side air bags or curtain side-impact air bags inflate if they are notproperly restrained. Preteens andchildren should be properly re-strained in the rear seat if possible.

O Also never install a rear facing childrestraint in the front seat. An inflatingsupplemental front air bag could se-riously injure or kill your child. Foradditional information, see “Child re-straints” later in this section.

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Supplemental side air bag and curtainside-impact air bag:

O The supplemental side air bag andcurtain side-impact air bag ordinarilywill not inflate in the event of a frontalimpact, rear impact, rollover or lowerseverity side collision. Always wearyour seat belts to help reduce the riskor severity of injury in various kindsof accidents.

O The seat belts, the supplemental sideair bag and curtain side-impact airbag are most effective when you aresitting well back and upright in theseat. The side air bag and curtainside-impact air bag inflate with greatforce. Do not allow anyone to placetheir hand, leg or face near the sideair bag on the side of the seatback ofthe front seat or near the side roofrails. Do not allow anyone sitting inthe front seat or rear outboard seats

to extend their hand out of the win-dow or lean against the door. Someexamples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the previous illus-trations.

O When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the supplemental side air baginflates, you may be seriously in-jured. Be especially careful with chil-dren, who should always be properlyrestrained.

SSS0101 SSS0188 SSS0140


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

O Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere withsupplemental side air bag inflation.

SSS0159 SSS0162


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental curtain side-impact air bags

3. Supplemental side air bag modules

4. Supplemental front air bag modules

5. Diagnosis sensor unit

6. Seat belt pre-tensioner retractor

7. Satellite sensors

8. Supplemental curtain side-impact air bagmodules

Supplemental front impact air bagsystem

The driver supplemental air bag is located inthe center of the steering wheel; the frontpassenger supplemental air bag is mounted inthe instrument panel above the glove box.These systems are designed to meet optionalcertification requirements under U.S. regula-tions. They are also permitted in Canada. Theoptional certification allows front air bags to bedesigned to inflate somewhat less forcefullythan previously. However, all of the informa-tion, cautions and warnings in this manualstill apply and must be followed. The front

air bags are designed to inflate in higherseverity frontal collisions, although they mayinflate if the forces in another type of collisionare similar to those of a higher severity frontalimpact. They may not inflate in certain frontalcollisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is notalways an indication of proper supplementalair bag operation.

The supplemental air bag system has dualstage inflators for both the driver and passen-ger air bags. The system monitors informationfrom the crash zone sensor, the diagnosissensor unit and seat belt buckle sensors thatdetect if the seat belts are fastened. Inflatoroperation is based on the severity of a collisionand whether the seat belts are being used.Only one front air bag may inflate in a crash,depending on the crash severity and whetherthe front occupants are belted or unbelted.This does not indicate improper performanceof the system. If you have any questions aboutthe performance of your air bag system,please contact your INFINITI dealer.

When the supplemental front air bag inflates, afairly loud noise may be heard, followed byrelease of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire. Care should betaken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritationand choking. Those with a history of a breath-

SSS0193


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

ing condition should get fresh air promptly.

Supplemental front air bags, along with theuse of seat belts, help to cushion the impactforce on the face and chest of the front occu-pants. They can help save lives and reduceserious injuries. However, an inflating front airbag may cause facial abrasions or other inju-ries. Front air bags do not provide restraint tothe lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright as faras practical away from the steering wheel ordash board. The supplemental front air bagsinflate quickly in order to help protect the frontoccupants. Because of this, the force of thefront air bag inflating can increase the risk ofinjury if the occupant is too close to, or isagainst the air bag module during inflation.The air bag will deflate quickly after the colli-sion is over.

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

WARNING

O Do not place any objects on the steer-ing wheel pad or on the instrumentpanel. Also, do not place any objectsbetween any occupant and the steer-ing wheel or instrument panel. Suchobjects may become dangerous pro-jectiles and cause injury if the supple-mental front air bag inflates.

O Right after inflation, several air bagsystem components will be hot. Donot touch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

O No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental front air bag sys-tem. This is to prevent accidentalinflation of the air bag or damage tothe air bag system.

O Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or front endstructure. This could affect properoperation of the supplemental air bag

system.

O Tampering with the supplementalfront air bag system may result inserious personal injury. Tamperingincludes changes to the steeringwheel and the instrument panel as-sembly by placing material over thesteering wheel pad, above the dash-board, or by installing additional trimmaterial around the air bag system.

O Work around and on the supplemen-tal front air bag system should bedone by an INFINITI dealer. Installa-tion of electrical equipment shouldalso be done by an INFINITI dealer.The yellow and orange SupplementalRestrain System (SRS) wiring andconnectors should not be modified ordisconnected. Unauthorized electri-cal test equipment and probing de-vices should not be used on the airbag system.

O A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualified re-pair facility. A cracked windshield


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

could affect inflation of the supple-mental air bag system.

O The SRS wiring harness connectorsare yellow and orange for easy iden-tification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the supplemental frontair bag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Supplemental side air bag andcurtain side-impact air bag system

The supplemental side air bags are located inthe outside of the seatback of the front seats.The supplemental curtain side-impact air bagsare located in the side roof rails. These sys-tems are designed to meet voluntary guide-lines to help reduce the risk of injury to out-of-position occupants. However, all of theinformation, cautions and warnings in thismanual still apply and must be followed.The supplemental side air bags and curtainside-impact air bags are designed to inflate inhigher severity side collisions on the side

where the vehicle is impacted, although theymay inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higher sever-ity side impact. They are designed to inflate onthe side where the vehicle is impacted. Theymay not inflate in certain side collisions. Ve-hicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper supplemental side air bagand curtain side-impact air bag operation.

When the supplemental side air bag and cur-tain side-impact air bag inflate, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by release ofsmoke. This smoke is not harmful and doesnot indicate a fire. Care should be taken not toinhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking.Those with a history of a breathing conditionshould get fresh air promptly.

Supplemental side air bags, along with the useof seat belts, help to cushion the impact forceon the chest of the front occupants. Curtainside-impact air bags help to cushion the im-pact force to the head of occupants in the frontand rear outboard seating positions. They canhelp save lives and reduce serious injuries.However, an inflating side air bag and curtainside-impact air bag may cause abrasions orother injuries. Supplemental side air bags andcurtain side-impact air bags do not providerestraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and

SSS0190


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

the driver and passenger seated upright as faras practical away from the side air bag. Rearseat passengers should be seated as far awayas practical from the door finishers and sideroof rails. The side air bags and curtain side-impact air bag inflate quickly in order to helpprotect the front occupants. Because of this,the force of the side air bag and curtain air baginflating can increase the risk of injury if theoccupant is too close to, or is against these airbag modules during inflation. The side air bagand curtain air bag will deflate quickly after thecollision is over.

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The air bag warning lightwill turn off after about 7 seconds if thesystems are operational.

WARNING

O Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front door fin-isher and the front seat. Such objectsmay become dangerous projectilesand cause injury if the side air baginflates.

O Right after inflation, several side airbag and curtain air bag system com-ponents will be hot. Do not touchthem; you may severely burn your-self.

O No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthis side air bag and curtain side-impact air bag system. This is toprevent accidental inflation of theside air bag and curtain side-impactair bag or damage to the side air bagand curtain side-impact air bag sys-tem.

O Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or side panel.This could affect proper operation ofthe supplemental side air bag andcurtain side-impact air bag system.

O Tampering with the supplementalsystem may result in serious per-sonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seat by placing ma-terial near the seatback or by install-

ing additional trim material, such asseat covers, around the side air bag.

O Work around and on the side air bagand curtain side-impact air bag sys-tem should be done by an INFINITIdealer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by anINFINITI dealer. The SRS wiring har-nesses* should not be modified ordisconnected. Unauthorized electri-cal test equipment and probing de-vices should not be used on the sideair bag system.

* The SRS wiring harnesses are cov-ered with yellow insulation either justbefore the harness connectors orover the complete harness for easyidentification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the side air bag andcurtain side-impact air bag system and guidethe buyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Pre-tensioner seat belt system (Forfront seats)

WARNING

O The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot bereused after activation. It must bereplaced together with the retractoras a unit.

O If the vehicle becomes involved in afrontal collision but the pre-tensioneris not activated, be sure to have thepre-tensioner system checked and, ifnecessary, replaced by an INFINITIdealer.

O No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe pre-tensioner seat belt system.This is to prevent accidental activa-tion of the pre-tensioner seat belt ordamage to the pre-tensioner seat beltoperation. Tampering with the pre-tensioner seat belt system may resultin serious personal injury.

O Work around and on the pre-

tensioner system should be done byan INFINITI dealer. Installation of elec-trical equipment should also be doneby an INFINITI dealer. Unauthorizedelectrical test equipment and probingdevices should not be used on thepretensioner seat belt system.

O If you need to dispose of the pre-tensioner or scrap the vehicle, con-tact an INFINITI dealer. Correct pre-tensioner disposal procedures areset forth in the appropriate INFINITIService Manual. Incorrect disposalprocedures could cause personalinjury.

The front seat pre-tensioner seat belt systemactivates in conjunction with the supplementalfront air bag. Working with the seat belt retrac-tor, it helps tighten the seat belt the instant thevehicle becomes involved in certain types ofcollisions, helping to restrain front seat occu-pants.

The pre-tensioner is encased with the seatbelt’s retractor. These seat belts are used thesame as conventional seat belts.

When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates,

smoke is released and a loud noise may beheard. The smoke is not harmful, but careshould be taken not to inhale it as it may causeirritation and choking. Those with a history of abreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

If any abnormality occurs in the pre-tensionersystem, the supplemental air bag warning light

will not come on, will flash intermittentlyor will turn on for 7 seconds and remain onafter the ignition key has been turned to theON or START position. In this case, the pre-tensioner seat belt may not function properly.They must be checked and repaired. Takeyour vehicle to the nearest INFINITI dealer.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the pre-tensioner seatbelt system and guide the buyer to the appro-priate sections in this Owner’s Manual.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LABELS

Warning labels about the supplemental air bagsystem are placed in the vehicle as shown inthe illustration.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light, dis-playing in the instrument panel, monitorsthe circuits of the supplemental front air bag,supplemental side air bag and curtain side-impact air bag systems, and pre-tensionerseat belt. The circuits monitored by the air bagwarning light are the diagnosis sensor unit,satellite sensors, front air bag modules, sideair bag modules, curtain side-impact air bagmodules, pre-tensioner seat belt and all re-lated wiring.

After turning the ignition key to the ON posi-

SPA0945C SPA1097


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

tion, the supplemental air bag warning lightilluminates. The supplemental air bag warninglight will turn off after about 7 seconds if thesystem is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag, supplemental sideair bag and curtain side-impact air bag systems,and pre-tensioner seat belt need servicing:

O The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the supplemental frontair bags, supplemental side air bags, curtainside-impact air bags and/or pre-tensioner seatbelt may not operate properly. They must bechecked and repaired. Take your vehicle to thenearest INFINITI dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the supplemen-tal front air bag, supplemental side air

bag, curtain air bag systems and/or pre-tensioner seat belt will not operate in anaccident. To help avoid injury to your-self or others, have your vehicle checkedby a dealer as soon as possible.

Repair and replacement procedureThe supplemental front air bags, supplementalside air bags, curtain side-impact air bags andpre-tensioner seat belt are designed to acti-vate on a one-time-only basis. As a reminder,unless it is damaged, the supplemental air bagwarning light will remain illuminated after infla-tion has occurred. Repair and replacement ofthese systems should be done only by anINFINITI dealer.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the supplemental front air bags, sideair bags, curtain air bags, related parts andpre-tensioner seat belt should be pointed outto the person conducting the maintenance.The ignition key should always be in the LOCKposition when working under the hood or in-side the vehicle.

WARNING

O Once the supplemental front air bag,

side air bag or curtain side-impact airbag has inflated, the air bag modulewill not function again and must bereplaced. Additionally, if any of thefront air bags inflate, the activatedpre-tensioner seat belts must also bereplaced. The air bag module andpre-tensioner seat belt systemshould be replaced by an INFINITIdealer. The air bag modules and pre-tensioner seat belt system cannot berepaired.

O The supplemental front air bag andside air bag, curtain side-impact airbag systems and pre-tensioner seatbelt system should be inspected byan INFINITI dealer if there is any dam-age to the front end or side portion ofthe vehicle.

O If you need to dispose of thesesupplemental systems or scrap thevehicle, contact an INFINITI dealer.

Correct disposal procedures are setforth in the appropriate INFINITI Ser-vice Manual. Incorrect disposal pro-


Z 04.3.2/Y34-D/V5.0 X

cedures could cause personal injury.PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE

If you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright and wellback in your seat, your chances of beinginjured or killed in an accident and/or theseverity of injury may be greatly reduced.INFINITI strongly encourages you and all ofyour passengers to buckle up every time youdrive, even if your seating position includes asupplemental air bag.

Most states, provinces or territories requirethat seat belts be worn at all times when avehicle is being driven.

SEAT BELTS


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be properlyrestrained in the rear seat and, ifappropriate, in a child restraint.

O The belt should be properly adjustedto a snug fit. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase the

chance or severity of injury in anaccident. Serious injury or death canoccur if the seat belt is not wornproperly.

O Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across your chest.Never run the belt behind your backunder your arm or across your neck.The belt should be away from yourface and neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

O Position the lap belt as low and snugas possible around the hips, not thewaist. A lap belt worn too high couldincrease the risk of internal injuries inan accident.

O Be sure the seat belt tongue is se-curely fastened to the proper buckle.

O Do not wear the belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce its ef-fectiveness.

O Do not allow more than one person touse the same belt.

O Never carry more people in the ve-hicle than there are seat belts.

O If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition isturned ON with all doors closed andall seat belts fastened, it may indicatea malfunction in the system. Have thesystem checked by an INFINITIdealer.

O Once the pre-tensioner seat belt hasactivated, it cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with the

SSS0136


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

retractor. See an INFINITI dealer.

O Removal and installation of the pre-tensioner seat belt system compo-nents should be done by an INFINITIdealer.

O All seat belt assemblies including re-tractors and attaching hardwareshould be inspected after any colli-sion by an INFINITI dealer. INFINITIrecommends that all seat belt assem-blies in use during a collision bereplaced unless the collision was mi-nor and the belts show no damage

and continue to operate properly.Seat belt assemblies not in use dur-ing a collision should also be in-spected and replaced if either dam-age or improper operation is noted.

O All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow the re-straint manufacturer’s inspection in-structions and replacement recom-mendations. The child restraintsshould be replaced if they are dam-aged.

SSS0134 SSS0016

SSS0014


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

CHILD SAFETY

Children need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.

The proper restraint depends on the child’ssize. Generally, infants (up to about 1 year andless than 20 lb (9 kg) should be placed in rearfacing child restraints. Front facing child re-straints are available for children who outgrowrear facing child restraints.

WARNING

Infants and children need special pro-tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may notfit them properly. The shoulder belt maycome too close to the face or neck. Thelap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperlyfitting seat belt could cause serious orfatal injury. Always use appropriate childrestraints.

All US states and provinces of Canada requirethe use of approved child restraints for infantsand small children. (See “Child restraints” laterin this section.)

In addition, there are many types of child

restraints available for larger children whichshould be used for maximum protection.

INFINITI recommends that all preteens andchildren be restrained in the rear seat.According to accident statistics, childrenare safer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-tem (air bag system) for the front passen-ger. See “Supplemental Restraint System”earlier in this section for precautions.

Infants and small children

INFINITI recommends that infants and smallchildren be placed in child restraints that com-ply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards. You should choose a child restraint thatfits your vehicle and always follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for installation and use.

Larger children

Children who are too large for child restraintsystems should be seated and restrained bythe seat belts which are provided.

If the child’s seating position has a shoulderbelt that fits close to the face or neck, the useof a booster seat (commercially available) may

help overcome this. The booster seat shouldraise the child so that the shoulder belt isproperly positioned across the top, middleportion of the shoulder and the lap belt is lowon the hips. The booster seat should fit thevehicle seat and have a label certifying that itcomplies with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. Once the child has grown so theshoulder belt is no longer on or near the faceand neck, use the shoulder belt without thebooster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in the cargoareas while the vehicle is moving. Thechild could be seriously injured or killedin an accident or a sudden stop.

PREGNANT WOMEN

INFINITI recommends that pregnant womenuse seat belts. The seat belt should be wornsnug, and always position the lap belt as lowas possible around the hips, not the waist.Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder andacross your chest. Never run the lap/shoulderbelt over your abdominal area. Contact your


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

doctor for specific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONS

INFINITI recommends that injured personsuse seat belts, depending on the injury. Checkwith your doctor for specific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

O Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.

O Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident

you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lapbelt and receive serious internal inju-ries.

O For most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback in the seat and adjust the seatbelt properly.

SSS0018 SSS0020


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. See “Seats” earlier in this

section.

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle until itclicks.

O The retractor is designed to lock duringa sudden stop or on impact. A slowpulling motion will permit the belt tomove, and allow you some freedom ofmovement in the seat.

O If the seat belt cannot be pulled from itsfully retracted position, firmly pull thebelt and release it. Then smoothly pull

the belt out of the retractor.

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snugon the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack. Make surethe shoulder belt is routed over your shoul-der and across your chest.

The front passenger and rear seat belts have acinching mechanism for child restraint installa-tion. It is referred to as the automatic lockingmode.

When the cinching mechanism is activated theseat belt cannot be withdrawn again until the

seat belt tongue is detached from the buckleand fully retracted. For additional information,see “Child restraints” later in this section.

The automatic locking mode should beused only for child restraint installation.During normal seat belt use by a passen-ger, the locking mode should not be acti-vated. If it is activated it may cause uncom-fortable seat belt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certainthat seatbacks are completely securedin the latched position. If they are notcompletely secured, passengers may beinjured in an accident or sudden stop.

SSS0102 SSS0061


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Unfastening the seat belts

To unfasten the belt, press the button on thebuckle. The seat belt will automatically retract.

Checking seat belt operation

Your seat belt retractors are designed to lockbelt movement using two separate methods:

O when the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

O when the vehicle slows down rapidly.

You can check their operation as follows:

O grasp the shoulder belt and pull quickly

forward. The retractor should lock and re-strict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this checkor if you have any questions about belt opera-tion, see your INFINITI dealer.

Shoulder belt height adjustment(For front seats)

The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best suited for you.(See “Precautions on seat belt usage” earlierin this section.) To lower, pull the releasebutton, and then move the shoulder belt an-chor to the desired position, so that the beltpasses over the shoulder. Release the adjust-ment button to lock the shoulder belt anchorinto position.

To raise, move the adjuster up to the desiredposition while pulling the button.

SSS0021 SPA0739


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O After adjustment, release the adjust-ment button and try to move theshoulder belt down to make sure it issecurely fixed in position.

O The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in anaccident.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, it isnot possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder beltand fasten it, an extender is available. Theextender adds approximately 8 inches (200mm) of length and may be used for either thedriver or front passenger seating position. Seeyour INFINITI dealer for assistance if the ex-tender is required.

WARNING

O Only INFINITI belt extenders, made bythe same company which made theoriginal equipment belts, should beused with INFINITI belts.

O Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personal in-jury in the event of an accident.

O Never use seat belt extenders to in-stall child restraints. If the child re-straint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured in acollision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

O To clean the seat belt webbings, apply amild soap solution or any solution recom-mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets.Then brush the webbing, wipe it with a clothand allow it to dry in the shade. Do not allowthe seat belts to retract until they are com-pletely dry.

O If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide ofthe seat belt anchors, the seat belts mayretract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guidewith a clean, dry cloth.

O Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wiresand anchors work properly. If loose parts,deterioration, cuts or other damage on thewebbing is found, the entire belt assemblyshould be replaced.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

O Infants and small children should al-ways be placed in an appropriatechild restraint while riding in the ve-hicle. Failure to use a child restraintcan result in serious injury or death.

O Infants and small children shouldnever be carried on your lap. It is notpossible for even the strongest adultto resist the forces of a severe acci-dent. The child could be crushed be-tween the adult and parts of the ve-hicle. Also, do not put the same seatbelt around both your child and your-self.

O Never install a rear facing child re-straint in the front seat. An inflatingsupplemental air bag could seriouslyinjure or kill your child. A rear facingchild restraint must only be used inthe rear seat.

O INFINITI recommends that the childrestraint be installed in the rear seat.According to accident statistics, chil-dren are safer when properly re-strained in the rear seat than in thefront seat.

O An improperly installed child re-straint could lead to serious injury ordeath in an accident.

In general, child restraints are designed to beinstalled with the lap portion of a three-pointtype seat belt. In addition, this vehicle isequipped with a universal child restraint loweranchor system, referred to as the LATCH(Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)system. Some child restraints include two rigidor webbing-mounted attachments that can beconnected to these lower anchors. For details,see “LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) SYSTEM” later in this section.Child restraints for infants and children ofvarious sizes are offered by several manufac-turers. When selecting any child restraint,keep the following points in mind:

O choose only a restraint with a label certify-ing that it complies with Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

O check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

O if the child restraint is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the child re-straint and check the various adjustmentsto be sure the child restraint is compatiblewith your child. Always follow all recom-mended procedures.

All US states and Canadian provinces re-quire that infants and small children berestrained in approved child restraints atall times while the vehicle is being oper-ated.

WARNING

O Improper use of a child restraint canresult in increased injuries for boththe infant or child and other occu-pants in the vehicle.

O Follow all of the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for installationand use. When purchasing a child

CHILD RESTRAINTS


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

restraint, be sure to select one whichwill fit your child and vehicle. It maynot be possible to properly installsome types of child restraints in yourvehicle.

O If the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beinginjured in a collision or a sudden stopgreatly increases.

O Adjustable seatbacks should be posi-tioned to fit the child restraint, but asupright as possible.

O After attaching the child restraint,test it before you place the child in it.Tilt it from side to side. Try to tug itforward and check to see if the beltholds the restraint in place. The childrestraint should not move more than1 inch (25 mm). If the restraint is notsecure, tighten the belt as necessary,or put the restraint in another seatand test it again.

O For a front facing child restraint,check to make sure the shoulder beltdoes not go in front of the child’s face

or neck. If it does, put the shoulderbelt behind the child restraint. If youmust install a front facing child re-straint in the front seat, see instruc-tions later in this section.

O When your child restraint is not inuse, store it in the trunk or keep itsecured with a seat belt to prevent itfrom being thrown around in case ofa sudden stop or accident.

CAUTION

Remember that a child restraint left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot.Check the seating surface and bucklesbefore placing your child in the childrestraint.

INSTALLATION ON REAR SEATOUTBOARD OR CENTERPOSITIONS

WARNING

O The three-point belt on your vehicle isequipped with a locking mode retrac-tor which must be used when install-ing a child restraint.

O Failure to do so will result in the childrestraint not being properly secured.It could tip over or otherwise be un-secured and cause injury to the childin a sudden stop or collision.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Front facing

When you install a child restraint in a rearoutboard or center seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Itcan be placed in a front facing direction,depending on the size of the child. Adjustthe head restraint to its highest position orremove it if the child restraint uses a toptether strap. Always follow the restraintmanufacturer’s instructions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

SSS0252A SSS0278 SSS0253A


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the beltis fully extended. At this time, the beltretractor is in the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode). It reverts back toemergency locking mode when the belt isfully retracted.

4. Allow the belt to retract. Pull up on the beltto remove any slack in the belt.

5. Before placing the child in the child re-straint, use force to tilt the child restraintfrom side to side, and tug it forward to makesure that it is securely held in place. Itshould not move more than 1 inch (25 mm).

6. Check that the retractor is in the automaticlocking mode by trying to pull more belt outof the retractor. If you cannot pull any morebelt webbing out of the retractor, the belt isin the automatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. If thebelt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.

SSS0254A SSS0062A SSS0255A


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is allowed to wind back into theretractor, the automatic locking mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled; the seat belt onlylocks during a sudden stop or impact.

Rear facing

When you install a child restraint in a rearoutboard or center seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Thedirection of the child restraint depends onthe type of the child restraint and the size ofthe child. Always follow the restraint manu-facturer’s instructions.

SSS0256A SSS0279


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.



SSS0046A SSS0258A SSS0259A


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X



7. Check to make sure that the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. If thebelt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.


LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS ANDTETHERS FOR CHILDREN)SYSTEM

WARNING

O Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown. If a child restraint is not se-cured properly, your child could beseriously injured or killed in anaccident.

SSS0260A SSS0191


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

O Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position using thechild restraint lower anchors. Thechild restraint will not be securedproperly.

O The LATCH system anchors are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstance arethey to be used for adult seat belts orharnesses.

Some child restraints include two rigid orwebbing-mounted attachments that can beconnected to two anchors located at certainseating positions in your vehicle. This systemis known as the LATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren) system. This systemmay also be referred to as the ISOFIX orISOFIX compatible system. With this system,you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt tosecure the child restraint. Your vehicle isequipped with special anchor points that areused with LATCH system compatible childrestraints. Check your child restraint for a labelstating that it is compatible with the LATCHsystem. This information may also be in thechild restraint owner’s manual. If you have

such a child restraint, refer to the illustration forthe seating positions equipped with LATCHsystem anchors which can be used to securethe child restraint.

The LATCH system anchors are located at therear of the seat cushion near the seatback. Alabel is attached to the seatback to help youlocate the LATCH system anchors.

Some child restraints may also require the useof a top tether strap. See “Top tether strapchild restraint” later in this section for installa-tion instructions.

When installing a child restraint, carefully readand follow the instructions in this manual andthose supplied with the child restraint.

When you install a LATCH system compatiblechild restraint to the lower anchor attachments,follow these steps.

WARNING

Inspect the lower anchors by insertingyour fingers into the lower anchor areaand feeling to make sure there are noobstructions over the LATCH systemanchors, such as seat belt webbing orseat cushion material. The child

restraint will not be secured properly ifthe LATCH system anchors are ob-structed.

1. To install the LATCH system compatiblechild restraint, adjust the height of the childrestraint LATCH system anchor attach-ments to the anchor points on the seat.

2. Insert the anchor attachments into the an-chor points. If the child restraint is equippedwith a top tether, see “Top tether strap childrestraint” later in this section for installationinstructions.

3. After attaching the child restraint and beforeplacing the child in it, use force to tilt thechild restraint from side to side and tug itforward to make sure that the child restraintis securely held in place. It should not movemore than 1 in (25 mm).

4. Check to make sure that the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use.


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

TOP TETHER STRAP CHILDRESTRAINT

WARNING

O The child restraint anchor point isdesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stance is it to be used for adult seatbelts or harnesses.

O After removing a rear seat head re-straint for top tether installation,store it securely to prevent it fromcausing injury to passengers or dam-age to the vehicle in case of suddenbraking or an accident. Always re-place it and adjust properly when toptether is no longer in use.

If your child restraint has a top tether strap, itmust be secured to the anchor point providedbehind its position.

Remove the tether anchor cover from thetether anchor point. Keep the removed coverin a secure place to prevent loss or damage.Then secure the child restraint with the rearseat belt or the LATCH system (outboardpositions), as applicable.

Remove the head restraint from the seatback,if equipped with an adjustable rear head re-straint. Store it in a secure place. Position thetop tether strap over the top of the seatbackand secure it to the tether anchor bracket thatprovides the straightest installation. Tightenthe tether strap according to the manufactur-er’s instructions to remove any slack.

For the best child restraint fit, see the childrestraint installation instructions in this sectionand the child restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions.

Anchor point locations

Anchor points are located on the rear parcelshelf finisher.

If you have any questions when installing atop strap child restraint on the rear seat,consult your INFINITI dealer for details.

SSS0194


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

INSTALLATION ON FRONTPASSENGER SEAT

WARNING

O Never install a rear facing child re-straint in the front passenger seat.Supplemental air bags inflate withgreat force. A rear facing child re-straint could be struck by the supple-mental air bag in a crash and couldseriously injure or kill your child.

O INFINITI recommends that child re-straints be installed in the rear seat.However, if you must install a frontfacing child restraint in the front pas-senger seat, move the passengerseat to the rearmost position.

O A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in the frontpassenger seat.

O The three-point belt in your vehicle isequipped with a locking mode retrac-tor which must be used when install-ing a child restraint.

O Failure to use the retractor’s lockingmode will result in the child restraintnot being properly secured. The childrestraint could tip over or otherwisebe unsecured and cause injury to thechild in a sudden stop or collision.

SSS0300


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Front facing

If you must install a child restraint in the frontseat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the frontpassenger seat. It should be placed in afront facing direction only. Move the seatto the rearmost position. Adjust the headrestraint to its highest position. Always fol-low the child restraint manufacturer’s in-structions. Child restraints for infantsmust be used in the rear facing directionand therefore must not be used in thefront seat.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage. Be sureto follow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for belt routing.


SSS0301 SSS0055 SSS0113


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X




7. Check to make sure that the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. If thelap belt is not locked, repeat steps 3through 6.


SSS0056 SSS0302


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel ....................................................... 2-2Meters and gauges .............................................. 2-3Speedometer and odometer ................................ 2-3Tachometer .......................................................... 2-4Engine coolant temperature gauge...................... 2-4Fuel gauge ........................................................... 2-5

Compass display....................................................... 2-6Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders........ 2-9

Checking bulbs..................................................... 2-9Warning lights....................................................... 2-9Indicator lights .................................................... 2-13Audible reminders .............................................. 2-14

Security systems ..................................................... 2-15Vehicle security system...................................... 2-15Infiniti vehicle immobilizer system...................... 2-16

Windshield wiper and washer switch ...................... 2-18Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch ...................................................................... 2-19Headlight and turn signal switch ............................. 2-19

Xenon headlights................................................ 2-19Headlight switch ................................................. 2-20Daytime running light system (Canada only) ..... 2-22Instrument brightness control ............................. 2-23Turn signal switch .............................................. 2-23

Fog light switch .................................................. 2-23Hazard warning flasher switch................................ 2-24Horn......................................................................... 2-24Climate controlled seat (if so equipped) ................. 2-25Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch............... 2-26Clock ....................................................................... 2-26

Adjusting the time............................................... 2-26Power outlet ............................................................ 2-27Cigarette lighter and ashtrays................................. 2-28Storage.................................................................... 2-29

Sunglasses holder.............................................. 2-29Cup holders ........................................................ 2-29Glove box ........................................................... 2-30Console box ....................................................... 2-31Cargo net............................................................ 2-31

Windows.................................................................. 2-32Power windows .................................................. 2-32

Sunroof (if so equipped) ......................................... 2-33Automatic sunroof .............................................. 2-33

Interior light ............................................................. 2-35Personal lights......................................................... 2-36

Front ................................................................... 2-37Rear.................................................................... 2-37

Vanity mirror light .................................................... 2-38

Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Trunk light ............................................................... 2-38HomeLink Universal transceiver ........................... 2-38

Programming HomeLink ................................... 2-39Programming HomeLink for Canadiancustomers ........................................................... 2-40Operating the HomeLink UniversalTransceiver......................................................... 2-41

Programming trouble diagnosis.......................... 2-41Clearing the programmed information................ 2-41Reprogramming a single HomeLink button...... 2-41If your vehicle is stolen ...................................... 2-42

Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

1. Instrument brightness control switch2. Outside mirror remote control3. Security indicator light4. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch5. Steering switch for Audio, VACS, Infiniti

communicator

6. Meters and gauges7. Driver supplemental air bag8. Cruise control main/set switch or Intelligent

Cruise Control switch9. Windshield wiper/washer switch10. Ignition switch

11. Center ventilator12. Hazard warning flasher switch13. Display, Climate and Audio control

switches/buttons/Navigation system*14. Front passenger supplemental air bag15. Headlight aiming control switch16. VDC OFF switch17. Hood release handle18. Tilting/telescopic steering wheel switch19. Fuse box cover20. Parking brake pedal/parking brake re-

lease pedal21. CD player22. Cigarette lighter and ashtray23. Automatic transmission selector lever24. Clock25. Cassette tape player26. Glove box*: Refer to the separate Navigation System

Owner’s Manual. (if so equipped)

SSI0014

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

1. Warning/Indicator lights

2. Speedometer

3. Tachometer

4. Fuel gauge

5. Reset knob for trip odometer

6. Odometer (Total/Twin trip)

7. Intelligent Cruise Control system display (ifso equipped)

8. Automatic transmission position indicator

9. Engine coolant temperature gauge

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates vehicle speed.

Odometer/Twin trip odometer

The odometer/twin trip odometer are displayedwhen the ignition key is in the ON position.

The odometer records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distance ofindividual trips.

SIC1875

SIC1897

METERS AND GAUGES

Instruments and controls 2-3

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Changing the display:

Pushing the reset knob changes the display asfollows:

TRIP A → TRIP B → TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:

Pushing the reset knob for more than 1 secondresets the trip odometer to zero.

TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (rpm).

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear. Operatingthe engine in the red zone may causeserious engine damage.

ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE GAUGE

The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem-perature.

The engine coolant temperature will vary withthe outside air temperature and driving condi-tions.

SIC1898A SIC1899


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature over the normal range, stopthe vehicle as soon as safely possible. Ifthe engine is overheated, continued op-eration of the vehicle may seriouslydamage the engine. See “If your vehicleoverheats” in the “6. In case of emer-gency” section for immediate action re-quired.

FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuel levelin the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or down hill.

The gauge needle is designed to move to theE (Empty) position when the ignition key isturned to the OFF position.

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis-ters Empty.

The low fuel warning light comes on whenthe fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soonas it is convenient, preferably before thegauge reaches E. There will be a smallreserve of fuel in the tank when the fuelgauge needle reaches E.

The indicates that the fuel filler lid islocated on the passenger’s side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

O If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator lamp

(MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon aspossible. After a few driving trips, the

lamp should turn off. If the lampremains on after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected by anINFINITI dealer.

O For additional information, see the“Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)”later in this section.

SIC1900


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

When the COMPASS switch is in the ONposition, the compass display will indicate thedirection where the vehicle is heading.

N: north

E: east

S: south

W: west

If the display reads “C”, calibrate the compassby driving the vehicle in 3 complete circles atless than five mph (8 km/h). You can alsocalibrate the compass by driving your vehicleon your everyday route. The compass will be

calibrated once it has tracked 3 completecircles.

SIC1901

COMPASS DISPLAY


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Zone variation change procedure

The difference between magnetic north andgeographical north is known as variance. Insome areas, this difference can sometimes begreat enough to cause false compass read-ings. Follow these instructions to set the vari-ance for your particular location if this hap-pens:

1. Press the COMPASS switch for more than3 seconds. The current zone number willappear in the display.

2. Find your current location and variance onenumber on the zone map.

3. Press the COMPASS switch until the newzone number appears in the display. Afteryou stop pressing the switch in, the displaywill show a compass direction within a fewseconds.

Inaccurate compass direction:

1. With the display turned on, push the COM-PASS switch for 3 seconds, until the zoneselection comes up (a number will be dis-played in the mirror compass window).

2. Toggle until correct zone is found and re-lease switch.

3. The display will show all segments, andreturn to the normal compass mode withinSIC0611


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

10 seconds of no switch activity.

4. If the vehicle changes zone, repeat steps 1thru 3. See map.

O If the compass deviates from the correctindication soon after repeated adjustment,have the compass checked at an INFINITIdealer.

O The compass may not indicate the correctcompass point in tunnels or while driving upor down a steep hill.(The compass returns to the correct com-pass point when the vehicle moves to anarea where the geomagnetism is stabi-lized.)

CAUTION

O Do not install a ski rack, antenna, etc.which are attached to the vehicle bymeans of a magnet. They affect theoperation of the compass.

O When cleaning the mirror, use a pa-per towel or similar material damp-ened with glass cleaner. Do not sprayglass cleaner directly on the mirror asit may cause the liquid cleaner to

enter the mirror housing.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

or Anti-lock brake warning light Low washer fluid warning lightIntelligent Cruise Control systemON/OFF switch indicator light (Green; ifso equipped)

Automatic transmission check warninglight

Preview Function warning light (Orange;if so equipped)

Intelligent Cruise Control system setswitch indicator light (if so equipped)

or Brake warning light Seat belt warning light Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)

Charge warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Slip indicator light

Door open warning lightAutomatic transmission position indica-tor light

Vehicle dynamic control off indicatorlight

Engine oil pressure warning lightCruise main switch indicator light(Green)

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Intelligent Cruise Control system warn-ing light (Orange; if so equipped)

Cruise set switch indicator light

Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light (Blue)

CHECKING BULBSApply the parking brake and turn the ignitionkey to ON without starting the engine. Thefollowing lights will come on:

, or , , , ,,

The following lights come on briefly and thengo off:

, or , , , ,

If any light fails to come on, it may indicate aburned-out bulb or an open circuit in the elec-trical system. Have the system repairedpromptly.

WARNING LIGHTS

or Anti-lock brakewarning light

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the anti-lock brakesystem is not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked by your INFINITI dealer.

If an abnormality occurs in the system, the

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTSAND AUDIBLE REMINDERS


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

anti-lock function will cease but the ordinarybrakes will continue to operate normally.

If the light comes on while you are driving,contact your INFINITI dealer for repair.

Automatic transmission checkwarning light

When the ignition switch is turned ON, the lightcomes on for 2 seconds. If the light blinks forapproximately 8 seconds, it may indicate theautomatic transmission system is not function-ing properly. Have your INFINITI dealer checkand repair the transmission.

or Brake warning light

This light functions for both the parking brakeand the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:

When the ignition key is in the ON position, thelight comes on when the parking brake isapplied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

The light warns of a low brake fluid level. If thelight comes on while the engine is running withthe parking brake not applied, stop the vehicleand perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidas necessary. See “Brake fluid” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

WARNING

O Your brake system may not be work-ing properly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If youjudge it to be safe, drive carefully tothe nearest service station for re-pairs. Otherwise, have your vehicletowed because driving it could bedangerous.

O Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brake fluidlevel may increase your stopping dis-tance and braking will require greaterpedal effort as well as greater pedaltravel.

O If the brake fluid level is below theMIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir,do not drive until the brake systemhas been checked at an INFINITIdealer.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked by an INFINITIdealer.

Charge warning light

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate that the charging sys-tem is not functioning properly. Turn the en-gine off and check the alternator belt. If the beltis loose, broken, missing or if the light remainson, see your INFINITI dealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the belt isloose, broken or missing.

Door open warning light

This light comes on when any of the doors arenot closed securely while the ignition key isON.

Engine oil pressure warninglight

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. Ifthe light flickers or comes on during normaldriving, pull off the road in a safe area, stop theengine immediately and call an INFINITIdealer or other authorized repair shop.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

The engine oil pressure warning light is notdesigned to indicate a low oil level. Use thedipstick to check the oil level. See “Engineoil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Turn off the engine as soonas it is safe to do so.

Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem warning light (Orange;if so equipped)

The light comes on if there is a malfunction inthe Intelligent Cruise Control system.

Low tire pressure warninglight

The light comes on for about 1 second whenthe key switch is turned ON, and then it turnsoff.

This light warns of low tire pressure.

INFINITI’s low tire pressure warning system is

a tire pressure monitoring system. It monitorsthe tire pressure of all tires except the spare.When the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light is lit, one or more of your tires issignificantly under-inflated. You should stopand check your tires as soon as possible, andinflate them to the proper pressure as indi-cated on the vehicle’s tire information placard.Driving on a significantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-ciency and tire tread life, and may affect thevehicle’s handling and stopping ability. Eachtire, including the spare, should be checkedmonthly when cold and set to the recom-mended inflation pressure as specified in thevehicle placard and owner’s manual.

The recommended inflation pressure may alsobe found on the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure (lower than 27 psi), the light willilluminate and the chime will sound for about10 seconds. If you select the tire pressureinformation in the display, the FLAT TIREwarning message will be displayed.

For additional information, see “Low tire pres-sure warning system” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section and “Flat tire” in the “6. In caseof emergency” section. Also, you can check

the pressure of all 4 tires on the monitordisplay. See “Vehicle information” in the “4.Monitor, climate, audio and voice-activatedcontrol systems” section.

WARNING

O If the light does not come on with thekey switch turned ON, have the ve-hicle checked by an INFINITI dealeras soon as possible.

O If the light comes on while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident andcould result in serious personal in-jury. Check the tire pressure for allfour tires. Adjust the tire pressure tothe recommended COLD tire pres-sure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the low tirepressure warning light OFF. If thelight still comes on while driving after


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

adjusting the tire pressure, a tire maybe flat. If you have a flat tire, replace itwith a spare tire as soon as possible.

O When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, tire pressure willnot be indicated and the low tire pres-sure warning system will not func-tion. Contact your INFINITI dealer assoon as possible for tire replacementand/or system resetting.

CAUTION

O The low tire pressure warning systemis not a substitute for the regular tirepressure check. Be sure to check thetire pressure regularly.

O If the vehicle is being driven atspeeds of less than 20 MPH (32 km/h),the low tire pressure warning systemmay not operate correctly.

O Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the four wheels correctly.

Low washer fluid warninglight

This light comes on when the washer tank fluidis at a low level. Add washer fluid as neces-sary. See “Window washer fluid” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Preview Function warninglight (Orange; if so equipped)

The light comes on if there is a malfunction inthe Brake Assist (with Preview Function) sys-tem.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fasten seatbelts. The light illuminates whenever the igni-tion key is turned to ON, and will remainilluminated until the driver’s seat belt is fas-tened. At the same time, the chime will soundfor about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seatbelt is securely fastened.

See “Seat belts” in the “1. Seats, restraints andsupplemental air bag systems” section for pre-cautions on seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warninglight

After turning the ignition key to the ON posi-tion, the supplemental air bag warning light willilluminate. The supplemental air bag warninglight will turn off after about 7 seconds if thesystem is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag, supplemental sideair bag and curtain side-impact air bag sys-tems, and pre-tensioner seat belt need servic-ing and your vehicle must be taken to yournearest INFINITI dealer.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the Supplemen-tal Restraint Systems and/or the pre-tensionerseat belt may not function properly. For addi-tional information, see “Supplemental restraintsystem” in the “1. Seats, restraints and supple-mental air bag systems” section.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the supplemen-tal front air bag, supplemental side airbag and curtain side-impact air bag sys-tems and/or pre-tensioner seat belt sys-tem will not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself or others,have your vehicle checked by a dealeras soon as possible.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Automatic transmissionposition indicator light

When the ignition key is turned to the ONposition, the indicator in the tachometer showsthe automatic transmission selector lever po-sition. See “Driving with automatic transmis-sion” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.

Cruise main switch indicatorlight (Green)

The light comes on when the cruise controlmain switch is pushed. The light goes outwhen the main switch is pushed again. When

the cruise main switch indicator light comeson, the cruise control system is operational.

Cruise set switch indicatorlight

The light comes on while the vehicle speed iscontrolled by the cruise control system. If thelight blinks while the engine is running, it mayindicate the cruise control system is not func-tioning properly. Have the system checked byyour INFINITI dealer.

High beam indicator light(Blue)

This light comes on when the headlight highbeam is on and goes out when the low beam isselected.

Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem ON/OFF switchindicator light (Green; if soequipped)

The light comes on when the ICC systemON/OFF switch is pushed. The light goes outwhen the ON/OFF switch is pushed again.While the ON/OFF switch indicator light comeson, the ICC system is operational.

Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem set switch indicatorlight (if so equipped)

The light comes on while the vehicle speed iscontrolled by the Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem. If the light blinks while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the Intelligent CruiseControl system is not functioning properly.Have the system checked by your INFINITIdealer.

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL)

If the malfunction indicator lamp comes onsteady or blinks while the engine is running, itmay indicate a potential emission control mal-function.

The malfunction indicator lamp may also comeon steady if the fuel filler cap is loose ormissing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel.Check to make sure the fuel filler cap isinstalled and closed tightly, and that the ve-hicle has at least three gallons of fuel in thefuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the lamp shouldturn off if no other potential emission controlsystem malfunction exists.


Z 04.3.2/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Operation

The malfunction indicator lamp will come on inone of two ways:

O Malfunction indicator lamp on steady — Anemission control system malfunction hasbeen detected. Check the fuel filler cap. Ifthe fuel filler cap is loose or missing, tightenor install the cap and continue to drive thevehicle. The lamp should turn off aftera few driving trips. If the lamp doesnot turn off after a few driving trips, have thevehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer.You do not need to have your vehicle towedto the retailer.

O Malfunction indicator lamp blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected whichmay damage the emission control system.To reduce or avoid emission control systemdamage:

a) Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH(72 km/h).

b) Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.c) Avoid steep uphill grades.d) If possible, reduce the amount of cargo

being hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator lamp may stopblinking and come on steady.

Have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI

dealer. You do not need to have yourvehicle towed to the retailer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessarycould lead to poor driveability, reducedfuel economy, and possible damage tothe emission control system.

Slip indicator light

This indicator will blink when the VDC systemor the traction control system is operating, thusalerting the driver to the fact that the roadsurface is slippery and the vehicle is nearingits traction limits.

Vehicle dynamic control offindicator light

The light comes on when the vehicle dynamiccontrol (VDC) off switch is pushed to OFF.This indicates the VDC system and tractioncontrol system are not operating. When theVDC off indicator light and slip indicator lightcome on with the VDC system turned on, thislight alerts the driver to the fact that the VDC

system’s fail-safe mode is operating, i.e. theVDC system may not be functioning properly.Have the system checked by your INFINITIdealer. If an abnormality occurs in the system,the VDC system function will be canceled butthe vehicle is still driveable. For additionalinformation, see “Vehicle dynamic control(VDC) system” in the “5. Starting and driving”section of this manual.

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

The light flashes when the turn signal switchlever or hazard switch is turned on.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Key reminder chime

The chime will sound if the driver’s side door isopened while the key is left in the ignitionswitch (ignition switch is turned off). Removethe key and take it with you when leaving thevehicle.

Light reminder chime

The headlights will turn off when the front dooris opened with the light switch on unless theignition key is in the ON position.

When you turn the headlight switch ON againafter the lights automatically turn off and when


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

you open the driver’s door, the lights will notturn off automatically and a chime will soundinstead. See the battery saver system under“Headlight switch” in this section for details.Make sure to turn the light switch off when youleave the vehicle.

Brake pad wear warning

The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement,it will make a high pitched scraping soundwhen the vehicle is in motion whether or notthe brake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the warningsound is heard.

Your vehicle has two types of security sys-tems, as follows:

O Vehicle Security System

O Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

The vehicle security system provides visualand audio alarm signals if parts of the vehicleare disturbed.

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem

1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if the win-dows are open.

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

3. Close and lock all doors, hood and trunk lid.

Lock all doors by pressing the LOCK buttonon the electronic ignition key. When usingthe remote keyless entry, the hazard indi-cators will operate as shown in “Remotekeyless entry system” in the “3. Pre-driving

SIC2132 SIC1610

SECURITY SYSTEMS


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

checks and adjustments” section.

4. Confirm that the SECURITY indicator lightcomes on. The SECURITY indicator lightglows for about 30 seconds and then blinks.The system is now armed. If, during this 30second time period, the door is unlocked bythe key or the remote keyless entry, or theignition key is turned to ACC or ON, thesystem will not arm.

Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will arm withall doors, hood and trunk lid locked andignition key off. Turn the ignition key toACC to turn the system off.

Vehicle security system activation

The security system will give the followingalarm:

O The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

O The alarm automatically turns off after ap-proximately 1 minute. However, the alarmreactivates if the vehicle is tampered withagain. The alarm can be shut off by unlock-ing a door with the key, or by pressing theUNLOCK button on the electronic ignitionkey.

The alarm is activated by:

O Opening the door without using the key orremote keyless entry.

O Opening the trunk lid without using the keyor remote keyless entry.

O Opening the hood.

How to stop an activated alarm

The alarm will stop only by unlocking a doorwith the key, or by pressing the UNLOCKbutton on electronic ignition key. The alarm willnot stop if the ignition switch is turned to ACCor ON.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by yourINFINITI dealer.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM

The Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System will notallow the engine to start or the ignition switchto be turned without the use of the registeredInfiniti electronic ignition key.

The engine cannot be started with the me-chanical key attached to the electronic ignitionkey.

The engine may not start with the registeredelectronic ignition key under the following con-ditions as illustrated above:

SIC1611A


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

j1 If metal contacts the electronic ignitionkey.

j2 If a device equipped with a transpondercontacts the electronic ignition key.

If the engine fails to start using the registeredelectronic ignition key (for example, when in-terference is caused by another electronicignition key, an automated toll road device orautomated payment device on the key ring),restart the engine using the following proce-dures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON positionfor approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKposition, and wait approximately 5 seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered electronic ig-nition key.

If the no start condition still occurs, INFINITIrecommends placing the registered electronicignition key on a separate key ring to avoidinterference from other devices.

Statement related to section 15 of FCCrules for Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-

tem (CONT ASSY-IMMOBILIZER, ANTASSY-IMMOBILIZER)

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to the follow-ing two conditions;

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesired op-eration of the device.

CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE MANUFAC-TURE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCECOULD VOID THE USER’S AUTHORITY TOOPERATE THE EQUIPMENT. Security indicator light

This light blinks whenever the ignition key isremoved for 5 seconds after the ignition switchis OFF. This function indicates the securitysystems equipped on the vehicle are opera-tional.

If a non-registered key is in the ignition switch,the indicator light comes on.

If Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal-functioning, this light will remain on while theignition key is in the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or the en-gine will not start, see your INFINITI dealer

SIC1610


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

for Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System ser-vice as soon as possible. Please bring allelectronic ignition keys that you have whenvisiting your INFINITI dealer for service.

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition key is in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper.

Intermittent operation can be adjusted by turn-ing the knob. Also, the intermittent operationspeed varies in accordance with the vehiclespeed. (e.g. when the vehicle speed is high,the intermittent operation speed will be faster.)

Pull the lever toward you to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate severaltimes.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer so-lution may freeze on the windshield andobscure your vision which may lead toan accident. Warm the windshield withthe defroster before you wash the wind-shield.

CAUTION

The following could damage the washersystem:

O Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

O Do not operate the washer if the res-ervoir tank is empty.

SIC1878

WINDSHIELD WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

To defog/defrost the rear window glass andoutside mirrors, start the engine and push theswitch on. The indicator light will come on.Push the switch again to turn the defroster off.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defroster.

XENON HEADLIGHTS

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

O When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt tomodify or disassemble. Always haveyour xenon headlights replaced at anINFINITI dealer.

O Xenon headlights provide consider-ably more light than conventionalheadlights. If they are not correctlyaimed, they might temporarily blindan oncoming driver or the driverahead of you and cause a seriousaccident. If headlights are not aimedcorrectly, immediately take your ve-hicle to an INFINITI dealer and havethe headlights adjusted correctly.

When the xenon headlight is initially turned on,its brightness or color varies slightly. However,the color and brightness will soon stabilize.

O The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off operation.It is generally desirable not to turn offthe headlights for short intervals (forexample, when the vehicle stops at atraffic signal). Even when the daytimerunning lights are active (Canada only),the xenon headlights do not turn on.This way the life of the xenon headlightsis not reduced.

O If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will drasti-cally decrease, the light will start blink-ing, or the color of the light will becomereddish. If one or more of the abovesigns appear, contact an INFINITI dealer.

SIC1613

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

Lighting

j1 Turn the switch to the position:

The front park, side marker, tail, licenseplate and instrument lights will come on.

j2 Turn the switch to the position:

Headlights will come on and all the otherlights remain on.

Autolight system

The autolight system allows the headlights tobe set so they turn on and off automatically.

j1 To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in theAUTO position.

2. Turn the ignition key to ON.

3. The autolight system automatically turnsthe headlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn the switchto the OFF, , or position.

The autolight system can turn on the head-lights automatically when it is dark and turn offthe headlights when it is light. It can also keepthe headlights on for up to 45 seconds afteryou turn the key to OFF and open any doorthen close all the doors (if so equipped).

SIC2227 SIC2229


Z 03.10.8/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Autolight shut off delay

For autolight shut off delay setting, see “Head-lamp off delay time” in the “4. Monitor, climate,audio and voice-activated control systems”section.

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor located on the top left-handside of the instrument panel. The photosensor controls the autolight; if it is cov-ered, the photo sensor reacts as if it is darkand the headlights will illuminate.

Headlight beam select

j1 To select the low beam, put the lever in theneutral position as shown.

j2 To select the high beam, push the leverforward. Pull it back to select the low beam.

j3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash theheadlight high beam.

Battery saver system

O When the headlight switch is in the orposition while the ignition key is in the

ON position, the lights will automaticallyturn off 45 seconds after the ignition switchhas been turned to the OFF position. How-ever, the lights will turn off if the driver’s orfront passenger’s door is opened in thiscondition.

CAUTION

O When you turn on the headlightswitch again after the lights automati-cally turn off, the lights will not turnoff automatically. Be sure to turn thelight switch to the OFF position whenyou leave the vehicle for extendedperiods of time, otherwise the batterywill go dead.

O Never leave the light switch on whenthe engine is not running for ex-tended periods of time.

SIC1230B SIC2230


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Headlight aiming control

Depending on the number of occupants in thevehicle and the load it is carrying, the headlightaxis may be higher than desired. If the vehicleis traveling on a hilly road, the headlights maydirectly hit the rearview mirror of the vehicleahead or the windshield of the oncoming ve-hicle. The light axis can be lowered with theoperation of the switch.

The larger the number designated on theswitch, the lower the axis.

When traveling with no heavy load or on a flatroad, select position 0.

WARNING

Xenon headlights are extremely brightcompared to conventional headlights. Ifthe xenon headlights hit the rearviewmirror of the vehicle ahead or the wind-shield of the oncoming vehicle, thedriver of these vehicles may have diffi-culty driving because of the brightness.Use the headlight aiming control switchto lower the light axis. See earlier in thissection for information on xenon head-lights.

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTSYSTEM (Canada only)

The headlights automatically illuminate at areduced intensity when the engine is startedwith the parking brake released. The daytimerunning lights operate with the headlight switchin the OFF position or in the position.Turn the headlight switch to the positionfor full illumination when driving at night.

If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the daytime running lights donot illuminate. The daytime running lights illu-

minate once the parking brake is released.The daytime running lights will remain on untilthe ignition switch is turned off.

WARNING

When the daytime running light systemis active, tail lights on your vehicle arenot on. It is necessary at dusk to turn onyour headlights. Failure to do so couldcause an accident injuring yourself andothers.

SIC1911


Z 04.3.3/Y34-D/V5.0 X

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSCONTROL

The instrument brightness control operateswhen the light switch is in the AUTO, or

position.

Turn the control to adjust the brightness ofinstrument panel lights and clock (exceptpower window switch lights).When the control is turned upward until itstops, the light intensity will be at maximum.When the control is turned downward until itstops, the light will be turned off.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Turn signal

j1 Turn signal

Move the lever up or down to signal the turningdirection. When the turn is completed, the turnsignals cancel automatically.

j2 Lane change signal

To indicate a lane change, move the lever upor down to the point where lights begin flash-ing.

FOG LIGHT SWITCH

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn theswitch to the position. To turn them off,turn the switch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on and the low beamsselected for the fog lights to operate. The foglights automatically turn off when the highbeam headlights are selected.

SIC1879 SIC2231 SIC1836A


Z 04.3.3/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenyou must stop or park under emergency con-ditions. All turn signal lights will flash.

Some state laws may prohibit the use of thehazard warning flasher switch while driv-ing.

WARNING

O If stopping for an emergency, be sureto move the vehicle well off the road.

O Do not use the hazard warning flash-ers while moving on the highway un-less unusual circumstances forceyou to drive so slowly that your ve-hicle might become a hazard to othertraffic.

O Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignitionswitch either off or on.

To sound the horn, push the center pad area ofthe steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system. Tam-pering with the supplemental front airbag system may result in serious per-sonal injury.

SIC1447 SIC1617

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH

HORN


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

The climate controlled function warms andcools the front seats by blowing warm or coolair from the surface of the seat. The functionfor each seat can be operated independently.

1. Start the engine.

2. Select HEAT or COOL by pressing eitherside of the switch.

The climate controlled seat controls theamount of the air and its temperature ac-cording to the number on the dial; higher ismore.

3. Adjust the degree of heating or coolingusing the control dial.

HEAT position: 1 (Normal) ; 4 (Warm)COOL position: 1 (Normal) ; 4 (Cool)When the cool position 1 is selected, cool-ing does not operate and air at room tem-perature will be provided.

The climate controlled seat blower remainson low speed for approximately 60 secondsafter turning the switch on or selecting thedesired temperature.

4. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed orcooled, and/or before you leave the vehicle,be sure to turn the switch to the OFFposition (center).

To check the air filter for climate controlledseat, contact your INFINITI dealer.

CAUTION

O The battery could run down if theclimate controlled seat is operatedwhile the engine is not running.

O Do not use the climate controlled seatfor extended periods or when no oneis using the seat.

O Do not put anything on the seat whichinsulates heat, such as a blanket,

cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise,the seat may become overheated.

O Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result indamage to the climate controlledseat.

O Any liquid spilled on the seat shouldbe removed immediately with a drycloth.

O A climate controlled seat has an airfilter. Do not operate climate con-trolled seat without an air filter. Thismay result in damage to the system.

O When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similar ma-terials.

O If any abnormalities are found or theclimate controlled seat does not op-erate, turn the switch off and have thesystem checked by your INFINITIdealer.

SIC1880

CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT (ifso equipped)


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

The vehicle should be driven with the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) System on for mostdriving conditions.

When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output toreduce wheel spin. The engine RPM will bereduced even if the accelerator is depressed tothe floor. If maximum engine power is neededto free a stuck vehicle, turn the VDC systemoff.

To cancel the VDC system, push the VDCOFF switch to turn off the system. The

indicator will come ON.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart theengine to turn ON the system. See “Vehicledynamic control (VDC) system” in the “5. Start-ing and driving” section.

If the power supply is disconnected, theclock will not indicate the correct time.Readjust the time.

ADJUSTING THE TIME

To adjust the time, turn the adjusting knob.

SIC1881 SIC1882

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL(VDC) OFF SWITCH

CLOCK


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

The power outlet is for powering electricalaccessories such as cellular telephones.

CAUTION

O Use caution as the socket and plugmay be hot during or immediatelyafter use.

O This power outlet is not designed foruse with a cigarette lighter unit.

O Do not use with accessories that ex-ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power

draw. Do not use double adapters ormore than one electrical accessory.

O Use this power outlet with the enginerunning. (If the engine is stopped,this could result in a discharged bat-tery.)

O Avoid using when the air conditioner,climate controlled seat, headlights orrear window defogger is on.

O Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure to turn off the powerswitch of electrical accessory beingused or the ACC power of the vehicle.

O Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tempera-ture fuse may blow.

O When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water to contact thesocket.

SIC1883

POWER OUTLET


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

The cigarette lighter operates when the igni-tion switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Push the lighter in all the way. When the lighteris heated, it will spring out.

Return the lighter to its original position afteruse.

WARNING

The cigarette lighter should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

CAUTION

The cigarette lighter socket is a powersource for the cigarette lighter elementonly. The use of the cigarette lightersocket as a power source for any otheraccessory is not recommended.

SIC1884

CIGARETTE LIGHTER ANDASHTRAYS


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

SUNGLASSES HOLDER

The sunglasses holder can be opened bypushing the button.

WARNING

The sunglasses holder should not beused while driving so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

CAUTION

O Do not use for anything other thanglasses.

O Do not leave glasses in the sun-glasses holder while parking in directsunlight. The heat may damage theglasses.

CUP HOLDERS

WARNING

The cup holder should not be used whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

To open, push the cup holder opener switch.

To close, lower the cup holder lid and pushdown lightly.

SIC1885 SIC1886

STORAGE


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Use the cup holder properly and according tothe size of the cups.

The inside tray of the front cup holder can beremoved for cleaning.

CAUTION

O Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being used toprevent spilling the drink. If the liquidis hot, it can scald you or your pas-senger.

O Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

GLOVE BOX

When locking or unlocking the glove box, usethe emergency key or wallet key.

The glove box may be opened by pulling thehandle.

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while drivingto help prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

SIC1887 SIC1888


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

CONSOLE BOX

WARNING

The center console box should not beused while driving so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

CARGO NET

The cargo net helps keep packages in thecargo area from moving around while yourvehicle is driven.

To install the cargo net, attach the hooks to theretainers.

CAUTION

O Properly secure all cargo to help pre-vent it from sliding or shifting.

O Avoid keeping heavy goods in thenet.

SIC1889 SIC1890


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

O Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and before clos-ing the windows. Use the windowlock switch to prevent unexpecteduse of the power windows.

O Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-

ingly activate switches or controlsand become trapped in a window.Unattended children could becomeinvolved in serious accidents.

The power windows operate when the ignitionkey is in the ON position and for about 45seconds, after the ignition key is turned to theOFF position. If the driver’s door or the frontpassenger’s door is opened during this periodof about 45 seconds, power to the windows iscanceled.

To open or close the window, push down orpull up the switch and hold it. The main switch(driver side switches) will open or close all thewindows.

The passenger side switch will open or closeonly the corresponding window. To open orclose the window, hold the switch down or up.

Locking passenger’s windows

When the lock button is pushed in, only thedriver side window can be opened or closed.Push it in again to cancel.

SIC1891 SIC1892

WINDOWS


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Automatic operation (For front doorwindows)

To fully open or close the window, completelypress or lift the switch and release it; it neednot be held. The window will automaticallyopen or close all the way. To stop the window,just press or lift the switch in the oppositedirection.

Auto reverse function (For front doorwindows)

If the control unit detects something caught ina window as it moves up, the window will beimmediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen a window is closed by automatic opera-tion when the ignition key is in the ON positionor for about 45 seconds after the ignition key isturned to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the window oc-curs.

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing the win-dow.

AUTOMATIC SUNROOF

The sunroof will only operate when the ignitionkey is in the ON position.

The automatic sunroof is operational for about45 seconds, even if the ignition key is turned tothe OFF position. If the driver’s door or thefront passenger’s door is opened during thisperiod of about 45 seconds, power to thesunroof is canceled.

Sliding the sunroof

To fully open or close the sunroof, slide theswitch to the CLOSE or OPEN side for lessthan 1 second and release it; it need not be

SIC1893 SIC1894

SUNROOF (if so equipped)


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

held. The roof will automatically open or closeall the way. To stop the roof, press the switchonce more while it is opening or closing.

To open or close the sunroof and stop on theway, slide the switch to the CLOSE or OPENside for more than 1 second. The roof will stopwhen releasing the switch.

Restarting the sunroof sliding switch

The sliding switch will become inoperable afterthe battery terminal is disconnected, the elec-trical supply interrupted and/or some abnor-mality detected.

Use the following re-set procedure to returnsunroof operation to normal.

1. If the sunroof lid is open, push the tiltingswitch repeatedly toward tilt DOWN to fullyclose the lid.

2. After the lid has closed all the way, keeppushing the tilting switch toward tilt DOWNfor more than 1 second.

Auto reverse function (When closingthe sunroof)

If the control unit detects something caught inthe sunroof as it moves to the front, thesunroof will immediately open backward.

The auto reverse function can be activated

when the sunroof is closed by automatic op-eration when the ignition key is in the ONposition or for about 45 seconds after theignition key is turned to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the sunroofoccurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing the sun-roof.

Tilting the sunroof

To tilt up, first close the sunroof, then pressand hold the UP side of the switch. To tilt downthe sunroof, press and hold the DOWN side.

Sun shade

Open or close the sun shade by sliding itbackward or forward.

The shade will open automatically when thesunroof is opened. However, it must be closedmanually.

WARNING

O In an accident you could be thrownfrom the vehicle through an opensunroof. Always use seat belts andchild restraints.

O Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body outof the opening while the vehicle is inmotion or while the sunroof is clos-ing.


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O Remove water drops, snow, ice orsand from the sunroof before open-ing.

O Do not place any heavy object on thesunroof or surrounding area.

If the sunroof does not close

Have your INFINITI dealer check and repairthe sunroof.

CAUTION

O Turn off the interior, personal and

vanity mirror lights when you leavethe vehicle.

O Do not use for extended periods oftime with the engine stopped. Thiscould result in a discharged battery.

When the interior light or the personal lightswitch is in the ON position, the interior, orpersonal light will automatically turn off 30minutes after the ignition switch has beenturned to the OFF position. To turn on thelight again, insert the key into the ignitionswitch and move it to the ON position.

Interior light switch

The interior light switch has three-positions.

While the switch is in the center O position, thefront and rear personal lights will illuminatewhen the driver’s or front passenger’s door isopened. The lights remain on for about 30seconds under the following conditions:

O driver’s door is unlocked.

O driver’s door is opened and closed while thekey is removed from the ignition switch.

O key is removed from the ignition switch.

The lights will go off when the ignition key is in

SIC1895

INTERIOR LIGHT


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

the ACC or ON position, or the driver’s door isclosed and locked.

The lights will also go off after 30 minutes whiledoors are open.

When some doors are opened, the door steplight for each open door and some personallights will come on, and the closed door’spersonal lights will darken. See “Personallights” later in this section.

Amount of time that the light remains on canbe adjusted. See “Vehicle information” in the“4. Monitor, climate, audio and voice-activatedcontrol systems” section.

Console light

The light will turn on when the headlight switchis turned to the or position.

CAUTION

O Turn off the interior, personal andvanity mirror lights when you leavethe vehicle.


SIC1431 SIC1633

PERSONAL LIGHTS


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

When the interior light or the personal lightswitch is in the ON position, the interior, orpersonal light will automatically turn off 30minutes after the ignition switch has beenturned to the OFF position. To turn on thelight again, insert the key into the ignitionswitch and move it to the ON position.

FRONT

When the switch is pushed in with the interiorlight switch in the center O or OFF position, thelight will turn on. When the switch is pushedagain, the light will turn off.

While the interior light switch is in the ONposition, the front personal lights remain onwith the switch pushed off.

When driver’s or front passenger’s door isopened, the light for each open door will comeon, and the closed door’s light will darken.

REAR

The lights will turn on/off depending on whatside of the switch is pressed:

j1 The light stays on when pressed to thisposition.

j2 When the rear door is opened, both theright and left lights come on. They turn offwhen the rear door is closed. If the interiorlight switch is in the OFF position, thepersonal light will not turn on when any ofthe doors are opened.

j3 When the switch is pressed, both right andleft lights come on.

* The switches face forward in the vehicle.

While the interior light switch is in the ONposition, the rear personal lights will remain onwith the switch pushed in any position.

When the rear door is opened, the rear per-sonal lights for each open door will come on,and the closed door’s personal lights willdarken.

SIC1432


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

The light on the vanity mirror will turn on whenthe cover on the vanity mirror is opened.

CAUTION

O Turn off the interior, personal andvanity mirror lights when you leavethe vehicle.


The light illuminates when the trunk lid isopened. When the trunk lid is closed, the lightwill go off.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-heldtransmitters into one built-in device.

HomeLink Universal Transceiver:

O Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates, homeand office lighting, entry door locks andsecurity systems.

O Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If the vehi-cle’s battery is discharged or is discon-nected, HomeLink will retain all program-ming.

Once the HomeLink Universal Transceiveris programmed, retain the original trans-mitter for future programming procedures(i.e., new vehicle purchases). Upon sale ofthe vehicle, the programmed HomeLinkUniversal Transceiver buttons should beerased for security purposes. For addi-tional information, refer to “ProgrammingHomeLink ” later in this section.

SII0101

VANITY MIRROR LIGHT TRUNK LIGHT HomeLink UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not use the HomeLink UniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop andreverse features as required by fed-eral safety standards. (These stan-dards became effective for openermodels manufactured after April 1,1982). A garage door opener whichcannot detect an object in the path ofa closing garage door and then auto-matically stop and reverse, does notmeet current federal safety stan-dards. Using a garage door openerwithout these features increases therisk of serious injury or death.

O During programming, your garagedoor or gate may open or close. Makesure that people and objects are clearof the garage door or gate that youare programming.

O Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programming theHomeLink Universal Transceiver.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink

To program your HomeLink Transceiver tooperate a garage door, gate, or entry dooropener, home or office lighting, you need to beat the same location as the device. Note:Garage door openers (manufactured after1996) have “rolling code protection”. To pro-gram a garage door opener equipped with“rolling code protection”; you will need to use aladder to get up to the garage door openermotor to be able to access the “smart or learn”program button.

1. To begin, press and hold the 2 outerHomeLink buttons (to clear the memory)until the indicator light blinks slowly (after20 seconds). Release both buttons.

2. Position the end of the hand-held transmit-ter 1-3 inches away from the HomeLinksurface.

SIC1902


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

3. Using both hands, simultaneously pressand hold both the HomeLink button youwant to program and the hand-held trans-mitter button.DO NOT release the buttons until step 4has been completed.

4. Hold down both buttons until the indicatorlight on the HomeLink flashes, changingfrom a “slow blink” to a “rapidly flashingblink”. This could take up to 90 seconds.When the indicator light flashes rapidly,both buttons may be released. The rapidlyflashing light indicates successful program-ming. To activate the garage door or otherprogrammed device, press and hold the

programmed HomeLink button - releasingwhen the device begins to activate.

5. If the indicator light on the HomeLinkblinks rapidly for two seconds and thenturns solid, HomeLink has picked up a“rolling code” garage door opener signal.You will need to proceed with the next stepsto train the HomeLink to complete theprogramming which may require a ladderand another person for convenience.

6. Press and release the “smart” or “learn”program button located on the garage dooropener’s motor to activate the “trainingmode”. This button is usually located nearthe antenna wire that hangs down from themotor. If the wire originates from under alight lens, you will need to remove the lensto access the program button.

NOTE:

Once you have pressed and released theprogram button on the garage door open-er’s motor and the “training light” is lit, youhave 30 seconds in which to perform step7. Use the help of a second person forconvenience to assist when performingthis step.

7. Quickly within 30 seconds of pressing andreleasing the garage door opener program

button, firmly press and release theHomeLink button you’ve just pro-grammed. Press and release theHomeLink button up to three times tocomplete the training.

8. Your HomeLink button should now beprogrammed. (To program the remainingHomeLink buttons for additional door orgate openers, follow steps 2-8 only.

NOTE:

Do not repeat step one unless you want to“clear” all previously programmedHomeLink buttons).

If you have any questions or are having diffi-culty programming your HomeLink buttons,please refer to the HomeLink web site at:www.homelink.com or call 1-800-662-6200.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS

Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations requiredhand-held transmitters to stop transmitting af-ter 2 seconds. To program your hand-heldtransmitter to HomeLink , continue to pressand hold the HomeLink button (note steps 2through 4 under “Programming HomeLink ”)while you press and re-press (“cycle”) yourhand-held transmitter every 2 seconds until

SIC1903


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

the indicator light flashes rapidly (indicatingsuccessful programming).

NOTE:

If programming a garage door opener, etc.,it is advised to unplug the device duringthe “cycling” process to prevent possibledamage to the garage door opener compo-nents.

OPERATING THE HomeLinkUNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver (onceprogrammed) may now be used to activate thegarage door, etc. To operate, simply press theappropriate programmed HomeLink Univer-sal Transceiver button. The red indicator lightwill illuminate while the signal is being trans-mitted.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLEDIAGNOSIS

If the HomeLink does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

O replace the hand-held transmitter batterieswith new batteries.

O position the hand-held transmitter with itsbattery area facing away from theHomeLink surface.

O press and hold both the HomeLink andhand-held transmitter buttons without inter-ruption.

O position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5inches (50 to 127 mm) away from theHomeLink surface. Hold the transmitter inthat position for up to 15 seconds. IfHomeLink is not programmed within thattime, try holding the transmitter in anotherposition - keeping the indicator light in viewat all times.

If you continue to have programming difficul-ties, please contact the INFINITI ConsumerAffairs Department. The phone numbers arelocated in the Foreword of this Owner’sManual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATION

Individual buttons cannot be cleared, howeverto clear all programming, press and hold thetwo outside buttons and release when theindicator light begins to flash (approximately20 seconds).

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink BUTTON

To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans-ceiver button, complete the following.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkbutton. Do not release the button until step4 has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehand-held transmitter 2 to 5 inches (50 to127 mm) away from the HomeLink sur-face.

3. Press and hold the hand-held transmitterbutton.

4. The HomeLink indicator light will flash,first slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light begins to flash rapidly, re-lease both buttons.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttonhas now been reprogrammed. The new devicecan be activated by pushing the HomeLinkbutton that was just programmed. This proce-dure will not affect any other programmedHomeLink buttons.


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN

If your vehicle is stolen, you should change thecodes of any non-rolling code device that hasbeen programmed into HomeLink . Consultthe Owner’s Manual of each device or call themanufacturer or dealer of those devices foradditional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink Univer-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.

FCC Notice:

This device complies with FCC rules part15. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference and (2) Thisdevice must accept any interference thatmay be received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

The transmitter has been tested and com-plies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the device.

DOC: ISTC 1763K1313

FCC I.D.: CB2V67690


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys (Electronic ignition key).................................... 3-2Doors......................................................................... 3-3

Locking with key................................................... 3-4Windows open/close with key .............................. 3-4Locking with inside lock knob............................... 3-4Locking with power door lock switch.................... 3-5Child safety rear door lock ................................... 3-5

Remote keyless entry system................................... 3-6How to use remote keyless entry system............ 3-6Electronic key battery replacement ...................... 3-9

Hood........................................................................ 3-11Trunk lid .................................................................. 3-11

Opener operation .............................................. 3-12Key operation .................................................... 3-12Auto closure ...................................................... 3-12

Interior trunk lid release ..................................... 3-13Fuel filler lid ............................................................. 3-14

Opener operation ............................................... 3-14Fuel filler cap...................................................... 3-14

Tilting telescopic steering column .......................... 3-15Tilt operation....................................................... 3-15Telescopic operation .......................................... 3-16

Sun visors ............................................................... 3-16Mirrors ..................................................................... 3-17

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror ...................... 3-17Outside mirrors................................................... 3-17

Automatic drive positioner....................................... 3-19Memory storage function.................................... 3-19Entry/exit function............................................... 3-20System operation ............................................... 3-21

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

The master electronic ignition keys have atransponder.

When the master electronic ignition key isinserted in the steering lock position, verifica-tion of the transponder ID will start automati-cally. If the ID code is judged to be correct, the

steering lock pin will be released, allowing thekey to turn and start the engine.

You can only drive your vehicle using themaster electronic ignition keys which are reg-istered to the INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem components in your vehicle. Thesekeys have a transponder chip. (The wallet keyand emergency key cannot be used to startand drive your vehicle.)

The emergency key and wallet key can beused for all locks.

When the key case with the wallet key isplaced into your wallet, be careful not toapply excessive force to the wallet as it orother cards could be damaged. How to use the emergency key

If the remote control system cannot be useddue to a discharged battery, use the emer-gency key to lock or unlock the glove box,doors and trunk lid.

Removing the emergency key

O Release the lock knob at the rear of themaster electronic ignition key and removethe emergency key.

O To install the emergency key to the masterelectronic ignition key, securely lock thelock knob and then check that the emer-gency key will not move.

SPA1441

SPA1264

KEYS (Electronic ignition key)

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

O The emergency key cannot be used to startthe engine, but it can be used to release thesteering lock.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.Record the key number on the key numberplate supplied with your keys and keep it in asafe place (such as your wallet), not in thevehicle. INFINITI does not record any keynumber so it is very important to keep track ofyour key number plate.A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all emergency keys and wallet key,and do not have one to duplicate. If you stillhave a key, this key can be duplicated by yourINFINITI dealer.INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEMKEY - Master electronic ignition keys:As many as 4 Infiniti electronic ignition keyscan be used with one vehicle. New keys mustbe registered to the Infiniti Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem components in your vehicle by yourINFINITI dealer. Bring all Infiniti electronic ig-nition keys to your INFINITI dealer for registra-tion. The registration process will erase allmemory of the Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem components so all keys require registra-tion.

Do not allow immobilizer system keyswhich contain the transponder chip to

come in contact with salt water. This couldaffect system function. WARNING

O Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helping toprevent persons from being thrownfrom the vehicle. This also helps keepchildren and others from unintention-ally opening the doors, and will helpkeep out intruders.

O Before opening any door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.

O Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls.Unattended children could becomeinvolved in serious accidents.

DOORS

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

LOCKING WITH KEY

The power door lock system allows you to lockor unlock all doors simultaneously.

The door key cylinder is located only on thedriver’s door.

O Turning the driver’s door key cylinder to thefront of the vehicle will lock all doors.

O Turning the door key cylinder to the rear ofthe vehicle once will unlock the driver’sdoor. Turning the door key cylinder to therear of the vehicle again within 5 secondswill unlock all doors.

WINDOWS OPEN/CLOSE WITHKEY

The driver’s door key operation allows you toopen and close the front door windows simul-taneously.

To open the windows, turn the door key cylin-der to the rear of the vehicle and hold the keyfor about 1 second.

To stop opening, return the door key cylinderto the neutral position by turning the key.

To close the windows, turn the door key cylin-der to the front of the vehicle and hold the keyfor about 1 second.

To stop closing, return the door key cylinder tothe neutral position by turning the key.

The above functions will operate after theignition switch is off and 45 seconds passed oreither front door is opened.

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKKNOB

To individually lock the doors, push the insidelock knob to the LOCK position, then close thedoor.

When locking the door using the insidelock knob, be sure not to leave the keyinside of the vehicle.

To unlock, pull the inside lock knob to theUNLOCK position.

SPA1442 SPA1422


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCH

All doors will be locked when the power doorlock switch is moved to the LOCK position. Ifthe driver’s and/or front passenger’s door isopen when the switch is moved to the LOCKposition, the door(s) will be locked when thedoor(s) is closed.

Lockout protection

When the power door lock switch is moved tothe LOCK position with front doors open whilea key is in the ignition switch, all doors will lockonce and then unlock automatically.

This helps to prevent the keys from beingaccidentally locked inside the vehicle.

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOORLOCK

The child safety rear door lock helps preventrear doors from being opened accidentally,especially when small children are in the ve-hicle.

When the levers are in the LOCK position,the rear doors can be opened by using theoutside door handles only.

SPA1443 SPA0086


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, to openfront door windows, to release the trunk lid andto activate the panic alarm by using the elec-tronic ignition key (electronic key) from outsidethe vehicle.Before locking the doors, make sure thekey is not left in the vehicle.The electronic key can operate at a distance ofapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.(The operating distance depends upon theconditions around the vehicle.)As many as 4 electronic keys can be used withone vehicle. For information about purchaseand use of additional electronic keys, contactyour INFINITI dealer.

The electronic keys will not function when:

O the battery is discharged,

O the distance between the vehicle and theelectronic key is over 33 ft (10 m),

O the electronic key is in the ignition switch.

CAUTION

The following conditions or occurrencesmay damage the electronic key.

O Do not allow the electronic key tobecome wet.

O Do not drop the electronic key.

O Do not strike the electronic keysharply against another object.

O Do not place the electronic key for anextended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).

If a electronic key is lost or stolen,INFINITI recommends erasing the IDcode of that electronic key. This willprevent the electronic key from unau-thorized use to unlock the vehicle. Forinformation regarding the erasing pro-cedure, contact an INFINITI dealer.

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM

Setting hazard indicator and hornmode

The factory setting of the remote keyless entrysystem is in hazard indicator and horn mode.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when the

LOCK button is pushed, the hazard indicatorflashes twice and the horn chirps once. Whenthe UNLOCK button is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes once.

If horn chirps are not necessary, the systemcan be switched to hazard indicator mode.

In hazard indicator only mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator flashestwice. When the UNLOCK button is pushed,neither the hazard indicator nor the horn oper-ates.

(Switching procedure)

Push the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on theelectronic key simultaneously for more than 2seconds to switch from one mode to the other.

When pushing the buttons to set hazard indi-cator only mode, the hazard indicator flashes 3times.

When pushing the buttons to set hazard indi-cator and horn mode, the hazard indicatorflashes once and the horn chirps once.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRYSYSTEM


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Locking doors

1. Remove the ignition key.

2. Close all the doors.

3. Push the LOCK button on the electronickey.

4. All doors will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once.

O When the LOCK button is pushed with alldoors locked, the hazard indicator flashestwice and the horn chirps once as a re-minder that the doors are already locked.

SPA1260A


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Unlocking doors

1. Push the UNLOCK button on the electronickey once.

O Only the driver’s door unlocks

O The hazard indicator flashes once.

O The interior light turns on and the light timeractivates for 30 seconds when the switch isin the center j position.

2. Push the UNLOCK button on the electronickey again within 5 seconds.

O All doors unlock

O The hazard indicator flashes once.

5 minutes after pressing the UNLOCK but-ton, all doors will be locked automaticallyunder the following conditions.

O When any door is not opened.

O When the ignition key is not set in theON position.

The interior light can be turned off withoutwaiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignitionswitch to the ON position or by locking thedoors with the electronic key.

SPA1451A


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Opening the windows

The electronic key operation allows you toopen front door windows simultaneously.

O To open the windows, press the UNLOCKbutton on the electronic key for longer than3 seconds after the door is unlocked.

The door windows will open while pressing theUNLOCK button on the electronic key. Thisfunction will operate after the ignition switch isoff and 45 seconds passed or either the frontdoor is opened.

This opening windows function of the elec-tronic key can be suspended by an INFINITIdealer.

The door windows cannot be closed byusing the electronic key button.

Releasing the trunk lid

1. Push the TRUNK button on the electronickey for longer than 0.5 seconds with the keyremoved from the key cylinder.

2. The trunk lid opens.

The trunk lid will not open with the trunk lidrelease cancel switch turned to OFF. See“Trunk lid” later in this section for moreinformation about the cancel switch. If thecancel switch is turned to OFF, the trunk lid

can be opened only with the key.

Using the panic alarm

If you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the alarm to call atten-tion as follows:

1. Push the PANIC button on the electronickey for longer than 0.5 seconds.

2. The vehicle security alarm and headlightswill stay on for 30 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

O It has run for 30 seconds, or

O The LOCK or UNLOCK button ispressed, or

O The PANIC button on the electronic keyis pushed for longer than 0.5 seconds.

ELECTRONIC KEY BATTERYREPLACEMENT

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Remove the emergency key and the screwfrom the electronic key.

SPA1267


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

2. Remove the outer case.

3. Open the inner case using a suitable tool.

4. Replace the battery with a new one.Recommended battery: CR2025 or equiva-lent

Make sure that the ! side faces the bottomof the case.

5. Close the inner case securely.

6. Assemble the outer case.

7. Press the key button two or three times tocheck its operation.

See your INFINITI dealer if you need anyassistance for replacement.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step s 5 - 7to check its operation.

O Be careful not to touch the circuit boardand the battery terminal.

O An improperly disposed battery canharm the environment. Always confirmlocal regulations for battery disposal.

O The electronic key is water-resistant;however, if it gets wet, immediately wipeit completely dry.

O When changing batteries, do not let dust

or oil get on the electronic key.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compliancecould void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment.This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may cause undes-ired operation of the device.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

1. Pull the hood lock release handle locatedbelow the instrument panel; the hood willthen spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever at the front of the hood withyour fingertips and raise the hood.

3. When closing the hood, lower it slowly andmake sure it locks into place.

WARNING

O Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause the hoodto fly open and result in an accident.

O If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

WARNING

O Do not drive with the trunk lid open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.See “Precautions when starting anddriving” in the “5. Starting and driv-ing” section for exhaust gas.

O Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriouslyinjured. Keep the car locked with thetrunk closed when not in use, andprevent children’s access to car keys.

SPA1268

HOOD TRUNK LID


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

OPENER OPERATION

The opener switch is located under the driver’sarmrest. To open the trunk lid, pull the openerswitch. To close, push the trunk lid down.

Cancel switch

When the cancel switch is OFF, the trunk lidcannot be opened with the trunk lid openerswitch or the remote controller. It can beopened only with the emergency key or walletkey.

When the glove box is locked with the emer-gency or wallet key, only the emergency orwallet key can open it. This is useful when themaster electronic key must be given to anattendant for parking, since the electronic keywill not open the glove box.

KEY OPERATION

To open the trunk lid, turn the emergency orwallet key clockwise. To close, lower and pushthe trunk lid down.

When using the emergency key, note thedirection of the key as illustrated.

AUTO CLOSURE

If the trunk lid is pulled down to a partly openposition, the lid will pull itself to the closedposition.

Do not apply excessive force when the autoclosure is operating. Excessive force ap-

SPA1452 SPA1270 SPA1444


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

plied may cause the mechanism to mal-function.

CAUTION

O The lid will automatically close from apartly open position. To avoid pinch-ing, keep hands and fingers awayfrom trunk opening.

O Do not let children operate the trunklid.

INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE

WARNING

Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriously in-jured. Keep the car locked, with thetrunk closed, when not in use, and pre-vent children’s access to car keys.

The interior trunk lid release mechanism pro-

vides a means of escape in the event ofbecoming locked inside the trunk.

The handle is located on the trunk lid inside thetrunk compartment as illustrated.

To open the trunk lid from the inside, pullthe release handle towards you until thelock releases and push up on the trunk lid.The release lever is made of a material thatglows in the dark after a brief exposure toambient light.

SPA1445


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

OPENER OPERATION

To open the fuel filler lid, push the openerswitch. To lock, close the fuel filler lid securely.

FUEL FILLER CAP

The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type. Tightenthe cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks areheard.

Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder whilerefueling.

WARNING

O Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seri-

ously injured if it is misused or mis-handled. Always stop the engine anddo not smoke or allow open flames orsparks near the vehicle when refuel-ing.

O Fuel may be under pressure. Turn thecap a third of a turn, and wait for anyhissing sound to stop to prevent fuelfrom spraying out and possible per-sonal injury. Then remove the cap.

O Do not attempt to top off the fuel tankafter the fuel pump nozzle shuts offautomatically. Continued refuelingmay cause fuel overflow, resulting infuel spray and a possible fire.

O Use only an original equipment typefuel filler cap as a replacement. It hasa built-in safety valve needed forproper operation of the fuel systemand emission control system. An in-correct fuel filler cap can result in aserious malfunction and possible in-jury. An incorrect fuel filler cap couldalso cause the malfunction indi-cator lamp to illuminate.

SPA1453 SPA1446

FUEL FILLER LID


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

O Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyto attempt to start your vehicle.

O Do not fill a portable fuel container inthe vehicle or trailer. Static electricitycan cause an explosion of flammableliquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle ortrailer. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death when filling portablefuel containers:— Always place the container on the

ground while filling.— Do not use electronic devices

while filling.— Keep the pump nozzle in contact

with the container while you arefilling it.

— Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

O If fuel is spilled on the car body, flushit away with water to avoid paintdamage.

O Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks.Failure to tighten the fuel filler capproperly may cause the mal-function indicator lamp (MIL) to illu-minate. If the lamp illuminatesbecause the fuel filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. The

lamp should turn off after a fewdriving trips. If the lamp doesnot turn off after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected by an au-thorized INFINITI dealer.

O For additional information, see the“Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)” inthe “2. Instruments and controls”section.

TILT OPERATION

Push the lever to adjust the steering wheel upor down to the desired position.

Move up operation

The automatic drive positioner system willmake the steering wheel move up automati-cally. This lets the driver get into and out of theseat more easily.

SPA1288

TILTING TELESCOPIC STEERINGCOLUMN


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

TELESCOPIC OPERATION

Push the lever to adjust the steering wheelforward or backward to the desired position.

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

CAUTION

O Store the main sun visor after storingthe extension sun visor and sub-sunvisor.

O Do not pull the extension sun visorforcefully downward.

1. To block out glare from the front, swingdown the main sun visor.

2. To block glare from the side, remove themain sun visor from the center mount andswing it to the side.

3. Then, to block glare from the front too,swing down the sub-sun visor.

SPA1447

SUN VISORS


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE INSIDEMIRROR

The inside mirror is designed so that it auto-matically changes reflection according to theintensity of the headlights of the vehicle follow-ing you.

When the inside MIRROR switch is in the ONposition (The Auto indicator light will illumi-nate), excessive glare from the headlights ofthe vehicle behind you will be reduced. Whenthe switch of the inside mirror is in the OFFposition, the inside mirror will operate nor-mally.

For the HomeLink Universal Transceiver andthe compass display, see the description in the“2. Instruments and controls” section.

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use inside mirror or glanceover your shoulder to properly judgedistances to other objects.

The outside mirror will operate only when the

SPA1448 SPA1449

MIRRORS


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Move the switch to right or left to select theright or left outside mirror, then adjust.

Foldable outside mirrors

Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward therear of the vehicle.

Reverse tilt-down feature (if soequipped)

When the following conditions are met, theselected mirror surface will turn downward toprovide better rear visibility close to the ve-hicle.

1. The ignition switch is ON.

2. The outside mirror control switch is turnedto L or R.

3. The shift lever is moved to R (Reverse).

After the shift lever is moved to R (Reverse),the mirror surface selected in step 2 will turndownward.

The selected mirror surface will return to itsoriginal position when any of the followinghave occurred:

O The shift lever is moved to any positionother than R (Reverse).

O The outside mirror control switch is set tothe N (Neutral) position.

O The ignition switch is turned OFF.

For more information regarding this featureand how to save the R (Reverse) mirror tilt-down adjustment in the “Automatic drive posi-tioner” memory, refer to “Automatic drive posi-tioner” later in this section.

MPA0008


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

The automatic drive positioner system has twofeatures:

O Memory storage function

O Entry/exit function

MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION

Two positions for the driver’s seat, steeringcolumn, and outside mirrors can be stored inthe automatic drive positioner memory. Followthese procedures to use the memory system.

1. Set the shift selector lever to the P position.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering columnand outside mirrors to the desired positionsby manually operating each adjustingswitch. For additional information, see“Seats” in the “Safety — Seats, seat beltsand supplemental air bags” section and

“Steering wheel” and “Outside mirrors” ear-lier in this section.

During this step, do not turn the ignition toany positions other than ON.

4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds,push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for atleast 1 second.

The indicator light for the pushed memoryswitch will come on and stay on for approxi-mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch.After the indicator light goes off, the se-lected positions are stored in the selectedmemory (1 or 2).

If memory is stored in the same memoryswitch, the previous memory will be de-leted.

Procedure for storing the outsidemirror positions for best visibilitywhen backing up

Two outside mirror positions for backing upcan be stored in the automatic drive positionermemory.

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Turn the ignition ON. (Do not start theengine.)

3. Push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at

SPA1450

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

least 1 second to operate the automaticdrive positioner.

4. Turn the outside mirror control switch to L(left).

5. Depress the brake pedal.

6. Move the automatic transmission shift leverto R (Reverse).

7. Adjust the mirror to the desired viewingposition for backing up by operating theoutside mirror control switch.

8. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds,push the memory switch 1 or 2 selected instep 3 fully for at least 1 second.

O The indicator light for the pushed memoryswitch will come on and stay on for approxi-mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch.After the indicator light goes off, the se-lected mirror position is stored in the se-lected memory (1 or 2).

9. Turn the outside mirror control switch to R(right).Repeat the above procedure to adjust theright mirror position and store in the se-lected memory.

O When the driver’s seat, outside mirror andsteering column are not in the memorizedposition, the outside mirror will move with

the initial tilt-down angle, if the reversetilt-down position is stored.

Linking an electronic key to a storedmemory position

An electronic key can be linked to a storedmemory position with the following procedure.

1. Follow the steps for storing a memory po-sition.

2. While the indicator light for the memoryswitch being set is illuminated for 5 sec-onds, press the “UNLOCK” button on theelectronic key. The indicator light will blink.After the indicator light goes off, the elec-tronic key is linked to that memory setting.

With the key removed from the ignition switch,press “UNLOCK” button on the electronic key.The driver’s seat, steering column and outsidemirrors will move to the memorized position.

Confirming memory storage

O Turn the ignition ON and push the SETswitch. If the main memory has not beenstored, the indicator light will come on forapproximately 0.5 seconds. When thememory has stored the position, the indica-tor light will stay on for approximately 5seconds.

O If the battery cable is disconnected, or if thefuse blows, the memory will be canceled. Insuch a case, reset the desired positionsusing the following procedures.

1. Open and close the driver’s door more thantwo times with the ignition key in the LOCKposition.

2. Reset the desired position using the previ-ous procedure.

Selecting the memorized position

1. Set the shift selector lever to the P (Park)position.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for atleast 1 second.The driver’s seat, steering column and out-side mirrors will move to the memorizedposition with the indicator light flashing, andthen the light will stay on for approximately5 seconds.

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION

This system is designed so that the driver’sseat, steering column and outside mirror willautomatically move when the automatic trans-mission selector lever is in the P (Park) posi-tion. This allows the driver to get into and out of


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

the driver’s seat with ease.

The driver’s seat will slide backward and thesteering wheel will move up:

O When the key is removed from the ignitionswitch.

O When the driver’s door is opened with thekey turned to LOCK.

O When the key is turned form ACC to LOCKwith the driver’s door open while the auto-matic transmission selector lever is in the Pposition.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel will returnto the previous position:

O When the key is inserted into the ignitionswitch.

O When the driver’s door is closed with thekey turned to LOCK.

O When the key is turned from ACC to ONwhile the automatic transmission selectorlever is in the P position.

The entry/exit feature can be adjusted or can-celed. See “Vehicle electronic systems” in the“Monitor, climate, audio and voice activatedcontrol systems” section of this manual.

SYSTEM OPERATION

The automatic drive positioner system will notwork or will stop operating under the followingconditions:

O when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7km/h).

O when any two or more of the memoryswitches are simultaneously pushed whilethe automatic drive positioner is operating.

O when the adjusting switch for the driver’sseat is turned on while the automatic drivepositioner is operating.

O when the memory switch (1 or 2) is notpushed for at least 1 second.

O when the seat has been already moved tothe memorized position.

O when no seat position is stored in thememory switch.

The automatic drive positioner system can beadjusted and canceled. See “Vehicle elec-tronic systems” in the “Monitor, climate, audioand voice activated control systems” section ofthis manual.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

4 Monitor, climate, audio and voice-activated control systems

Safety note ................................................................ 4-2Control panel button functions .................................. 4-2

Names of the components ................................... 4-3How to use joystick and “ENTER”button .................................................................. 4-3How to use “PREV” button ................................. 4-3The start-up screen (for models with navigationsystem) ................................................................. 4-4

How to use the “SETTING” button .......................... 4-4“Audio ” settings .................................................. 4-5“Display ” settings................................................. 4-6Vehicle electronic systems................................... 4-7Language/unit (for models without navigationsystem) ................................................................. 4-8

Ventilators ................................................................. 4-9Automatic climate control .......................................... 4-9

Automatic operation ........................................... 4-10Manual operation................................................ 4-11Ambient temperature.......................................... 4-12Operating tips ..................................................... 4-12In-cabin microfilter .............................................. 4-12

Servicing climate control ......................................... 4-13Audio system........................................................... 4-13

Radio .................................................................. 4-13

FM radio reception ............................................. 4-14AM radio reception ............................................. 4-14Satellite radio reception...................................... 4-15Audio operation precautions .............................. 4-15FM-AM-SAT radio with cassette player and compactdisc (CD) changer .............................................. 4-17CD care and cleaning ........................................ 4-27Steering wheel switch for audio control ............. 4-28Antenna .............................................................. 4-28

Car phone or CB radio............................................ 4-29Vehicle information.................................................. 4-29

Warning indicator ............................................... 4-29Vehicle information display ................................ 4-30

Voice-activated control system (VACS) (if soequipped) ................................................................ 4-35

Features ............................................................. 4-35Using the system................................................ 4-35Personal vocabulary........................................... 4-36How to say numbers .......................................... 4-36Voice command descriptions ............................. 4-36Speaker adaptation (SA) mode.......................... 4-40Trouble-shooting guide....................................... 4-42

Z 04.3.16/Y34-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Adjusting of the heating or air condi-tioning controls and display controlsshould not be done while driving, inorder that full attention may be givento driving operation.

O Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may result inaccidents, fire, or electric shock.

O Do not use this system if you noticeany abnormality, such as a frozenscreen or lack of sound. Continueduse of the system may result in acci-dent, fire or electric shock.

O In case you notice any foreign objectin the system hardware, spill liquidon it, or notice smoke or smell com-ing from it, stop using the systemimmediately and contact your nearestINFINITI dealer. Ignoring such condi-tions may lead to accidents, fire, orelectric shock.

SAA0808

SAFETY NOTE CONTROL PANEL BUTTONFUNCTIONS

4-2 Monitor, climate, audio and voice-activated control systems

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

When you use this system, make sure theengine is running.

If you use the system with the engine notrunning (ignition ON or ACC) for a longtime, it will use up all the battery power,and the engine will not start.

Reference symbols:

“ENTER” button

This is a button on the control panel.

“Display” key

This is a select key on the screen. Byselecting this key you can proceed to thenext function.

NAMES OF THE COMPONENTS

1. “AUTO” automatic climate control ON but-ton; refer to page 4-9.

2. Temperature control knob (driver only ordriver and passenger); refer to page 4-9.

3. “OFF” button for climate control system off.

4. “AUTO PASS ” ON button (passenger side);refer to page 4-9.

5. Temperature control knob (passengerside); refer to page 4-9.

6. “ ” Front defogger button; refer topage 4-9.

7. Air recirculation “ ”, fresh “ ”button; refer to page 4-9.

8. “ ” Rear window defogger button; re-fer to the “2. Instruments and controls”section.

9. “AUDIO” ON button; refer to page 4-17.

10.Volume control knob for audio

11.“OFF” button for audio

12.“FM AM” AM, FM1 and FM2 band selectbuttons; refer to page 4-17.

13.“SAT” satellite band select button; refer topage 4-17.

14.“TAPE” play button; refer to page 4-17.

15.“CD” play button; refer to page 4-17.

16.“PTY” program type button; refer to page4-17.

17.A/C and audio control button “ ” to“ ”; refer to page 4-9 and 4-17.

18.“SETTING” button for audio, display andVehicle Electronic Systems; refer to page4-4.

19.JOYSTICK and “ENTER” push button; referto page 4-3.

20.“PREV” previous button; refer to page 4-3.

21.“INFO” vehicle information button; refer topage 4-30.

22.“MAP” button (Navigation system equippedvehicles only); refer to the separate Navi-gation (NAVI) system Owner’s Manual.

HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND“ENTER” BUTTON

Choose an item on the display using thejoystick and push the “ENTER” button foroperation.

HOW TO USE “PREV” BUTTON

This has two functions.

O Go back to the previous display (cancel).

If you touch “PREV” button during setup, thesetup will be canceled and/or the display willreturn to the previous screen.

O Finish setup.

If you touch this button after the setup iscompleted, the setup will start over, and thedisplay will return to the climate control, Audiomode or Navigation screen (if so equipped).

Monitor, climate, audio and voice-activated control systems 4-3

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

If you want to return to the climate controlmode screen, push the “AUTO” on button. Toreturn to the audio mode, push the“Audio ” button.

THE START-UP SCREEN (formodels with navigation system)

When you turn the ignition key to ACC, theSYSTEM START-UP warning is displayed onthe screen. Read the warning and select the“I AGREE” (English) or “ENTER” (Francais)key then push the “ENTER” button.

If you do not push the “ENTER” button, thissystem will not proceed to the next step dis-play.

To proceed to the next step, refer to theseparate Navigation system Owner’s Manual.

To set Audio (Bass, Treble, Balance, Faderand Button Tone/Beep Response) Display(Brightness/Contrast, Display Off, SettingsDisplay Duration and Audio & Climate ControlDual Display), Vehicle Electronic systems andNavigation system (if so equipped), push the“SETTING” button.

The SETTINGS screen will appear when the“SETTING” button is pushed.

For models with navigation system:

*Please refer to the separate Navigation sys-tem Owner’s Manual.

SAA0571

HOW TO USE THE “SETTING”BUTTON


Z 04.3.2/Y34-D/V5.0 X

For models without navigation system: “AUDIO” SETTINGS

The AUDIO SETTINGS screen will appearafter pushing the “SETTING” button, selectingthe “Audio ” key with the joystick and pushingthe “ENTER” button.

To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound(balance and fader), select the “Bass ”,“Treble ”, “Balance ” or “Fader ” key and ad-just using the joystick.

When the “Button Tone/Beep Response ”indicator light illuminates, the beep will sound.(When you first receive the vehicle, the beepwill be set to off.)

To stop the beep, select the “ButtonTone/Beep Response ” key using the joystickand push the “ENTER” button. The indicator ofthe “Button Tone/Beep Response ” key willturn off.

To maintain the sound quality and speechintelligibility, select the “Noise Compensa-tion ” key and push the “ENTER” button. Theindicator light of the “Noise Compensation ”key will illuminate.

To return to the SETTING screen, push the“PREV” button or “SETTING” button.

SAA0572 SAA0501A


Z 04.3.16/Y34-D/V5.0 X

“DISPLAY” SETTINGS

The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appearwhen pushing the “SETTING” button, selectingthe “Display ” key and pushing the “ENTER”button.

Brightness/Contrast/(MapBackground (for Navigation models))

To adjust the brightness and contrast of thescreen, select the “Brightness/contrast ” keyand push the “ENTER” button. Then you canadjust the brightness to Darker or Brighter andthe contrast to Lower or Higher using thejoystick.

The Map Background is for models with navi-gation system. Please refer to the separatenavigation system Owner’s Manual.

Display Off

To turn off the screen, push the “SETTING”button and select the “Display ” key and “Dis-play Off ” key. The indicator of the“Display Off ” will illuminate. When any modebutton is pushed with the screen off, thescreen turns on for further operation. Thescreen will turn off automatically 5 secondsafter the operation is finished on the mapdisplay (Navigation system only), the Audio &Climate Control Dual Display, SETTING orVEHICLE INFO. modes.

To turn on the screen, push the “SETTING”button and select the “Display ” key and “Dis-play Off ” key, then set the screen to ON bypushing the “ENTER” button.

Settings Display Duration

When the “Display Settings” adjustments arecompleted, the display automatically returns toeither the audio or air conditioning controlscreen, which ever was displayed last. Youcan set the length of time that the “DisplaySettings” screen will be shown after no addi-tional adjustments are made.

To set the display duration, select the “Settingsdisplay duration” key and move the joystick tothe left (shorter duration) or right (longer dura-tion).

Audio & Climate Control DualDisplay

Select the “Audio & Climate Control DualDisplay ” key and push the “ENTER” button.The audio and climate control setting conditionwill appear on the screen.

To return to the setting screen, push the“SETTING” button.

SAA0502


Z 04.3.16/Y34-D/V5.0 X

VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS

The VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMSscreen will appear when selecting the “VehicleElectronic Systems ” key with the joystick andpushing the “ENTER” button.

You can set the various electronic systemsoperating conditions.

To set an operating condition, select the appli-cable item using the joystick, and push the“ENTER” button.

The indicator light alternately turns on and offeach time the “ENTER” button is pressed.Indicator light is illuminated. — ON

Indicator light is not illuminated. — OFF

Lift steering column when exitingvehicle (if so equipped)

The steering column automatically tilts up andreturns to the original position for ease of entryand exit.

Adjust driver seat when exitingvehicle (if so equipped)

The driver’s seat automatically moves backand returns to the original position for ease ofexit and entry.

Illuminate interior when unlockingvehicle

The interior light automatically turns on whenthe door is unlocked using the electronic key.

Interior lights off delay

The length of time required to unlock a doorand remove the key from the ignition switchcan be set. The length of time required to closethe driver’s door and turn off the interior lightcan also be set.

Select the “Interior Lights Off Delay ” key,then move the joystick to the left or right toadjust the timer.

SAA0533A

SAA0573

SAA0505A


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Sensitivity of automatic headlights

Automatic light illumination sensitivity can beset as desired.

Select the “Sensitivity of Automatic Head-lights ” key, then move the joystick to the left(lower) or right (higher).

Automatic headlights off delay

You can control how long it takes the auto-matic timer to turn off the headlights in AUTOposition after you turn the key to OFF andclose all doors.

Select the “Automatic Headlights Off Delay ”key, then move the joystick to the left or right toadjust the timer.

Keyless remote response — horn/lights

When this key is set to Hazard indicators andhorn, or Hazard indicators only, the followingconditions will be set.

MODE Lock Unlock

Hazard indi-cators only

Hazard —twice

No operation

Hazard indi-cators and

horn

Hazard —twice

Horn — once

Hazard —once

Remote custom settings

If you unlock a door with the same electronickey used when locking with the “Remote Cus-tom Settings ” key on, the audio settings youmade last time remain the same. As many as4 electronic ignition keys can be used with onevehicle.

Return all vehicle settings to default

When this key is turned on using the“ENTER” button, all settings made by VE-HICLE ELECTRONICS will return to the origi-nal factory-set conditions.

LANGUAGE/UNIT(for models without navigationsystem)

The LANGUAGE/UNIT screen will appearwhen selecting the “Language/Unit ” key andpushing the “ENTER” button.

Language: English or French

Unit: US — Mile, °F, MPGMetric — km, °C, /100 km

You can select the language and unit using thejoystick and “ENTER” button.

SAA0506


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Open or close, and adjust the air flow directionof ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the vents areclosed.

: This symbol indicates that the vents areopen.

SAA0574

SAA0809

VENTILATORS AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

1. “AUTO” climate control ON button

2. Temperature control knob (driver only, ordriver and passenger)

3. “OFF” button for climate control system

4. “AUTO PASS ” ON button (passenger side)

5. Temperature control knob (passenger side)

6. “ ” Front defroster button

7. Air recirculation “ ”, fresh “ ”buttons

8. Air conditioner (A/C) control “ ”(“DRIVER” key), “ ” (“DUAL ” key) but-tons

9. A/C control “ ” (“ ” fan speedup), “ ” (“ ” fan speed down)

10.A/C control “ ” (“PASS” key),“ ” (“ECON” key) buttons

Start the engine and operate the controls toactivate the air conditioner (A/C).

WARNING

O The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine isrunning.

O Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the support ofothers alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Onhot, sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe or pos-sibly fatal injuries to people or ani-mals.

O Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause theinterior air to become stale and thewindows to fog up.

O Adjusting the heater and air condi-tioner controls should not be donewhile driving, so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

When the “AUTO” button or “AUTO PASS ”button is pushed, the AUTO CLIMATE CON-TROL screen will appear.

You can individually set driver and front pas-senger side temperature and air flow usingeach temperature control knob and A/C controlbuttons “ ” to “ ”.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating(AUTO)

This mode may be used all year round. Thesystem works automatically to maintain a

SAA0576


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

constant temperature. Air flow distribution andfan speed are also controlled automatically.

1. Push the “AUTO” or “AUTO PASS ” buttonON. (AUTO will appear on the display.)

2. Turn the temperature control knob to setthe desired temperature.

For normal operation, adjust the tempera-ture control knob to about 75°F (24°C).

3. When selecting the “DUAL ” key by pushingA/C control button “ ” or when thepassenger side temperature control knob isturned, the “DUAL ” key indicator will illumi-nate and the temperature and air flow canbe controlled individually from the driverand front passenger sides.

4. To turn off the climate control system, pushthe “OFF” button.

Economical operation (ECON)

Economical operation reduces some load tothe engine to improve the fuel economy. Itallows higher humidity than normal operation.

Pushing the “ECON” key using A/C controlbutton “ ” while the A/C indicator is on,changes operations as follows:A/C → ECON (ECON will illuminate on thescreen.)

Heating (A/C off)

Use this mode when you need to heat only.

1. Push the “AUTO” or “AUTO PASS” climatecontrol ON button.

2. Push the “ECON” key using “A/C” controlbutton “ ” twice (ECON indicator willturn OFF on the screen.).A/C → ECON (once) → none (twice)


O The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are alsocontrolled automatically.

O Do not set the temperature lower than theoutside air temperature. Otherwise the sys-tem may not work properly.

O If the windows fog up, do not use theHeating mode.

4. To return to the air conditioner AUTO (A/C)mode, push the “AUTO” climate control ONbutton. (AUTO will appear on the display.)

Dehumidified defrosting or defogging

1. Push the front defroster “ ” button on.

(The indicator light on the switch will illumi-nate.)


O To quickly remove ice from the outside ofthe windows, set the A/C fan speed at itsmaximum by pushing the “A/C” control but-ton “ ” and the A/C temperature at thehighest by using the temperature controlknob.

O As soon as possible after the windshield isclean, push the “ ” button to return toAUTO mode.

O When the front defroster “ ” button ispushed, the air conditioner willautomatically be turned on at outsidetemperatures above 23°F (−5°C) to defrostthe windshield. The air recirculation mode“ ” will automatically be turned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment to improve defogging perfor-mance.

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed control

Push the “A/C” control button “ ” or“ ” to change the fan speed manually.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Push the “AUTO” button to return to automaticcontrol of the fan speed.

Automatic intake air control

Push the “ , ” buttons ( indi-cator light comes on) to make the air inletcontrolled automatically (FRESH, REC/FREand RECIRCULATION).

Air recirculation

Push the air recirculation button “” to recirculate interior air inside the

vehicle. The indicator light on the “ ”button will come on.

The air recirculation “ ” cannot beactivated when the air conditioner is in thefront defrosting mode “ ”.

Air flow control

Pushing the “A/C” control button“ ” (Select the “ ” key —driver side) or “ ” (Select the“ ” key — passenger side) selects theair outlet to provide:

: Air flow from front center, side and rearventilators.

: Air flow from front center, side and rearventilators, and front and rear foot out-lets.

: Air flow mainly from front and rear footoutlets.

: Air flow from defroster and front andrear foot outlets.

To turn system off

Push the OFF button.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

The outside ambient temperature will be dis-played.

The ambient temperature sensor is located infront of the radiator. The sensor may be af-fected by road or engine heat, wind directionand other driving conditions. The display maydiffer from the actual outside temperature orthe temperature displayed on various signs orbillboards.

OPERATING TIPS

When the engine coolant temperature andoutside air temperature are low, the air flowfrom the foot outlets may not operate for 20 to150 seconds. This is not a malfunction. Afterthe coolant temperature warms up, air flowfrom the foot outlets will operate normally.

The sensor on the instrument panel helpsmaintain a constant temperature. Do not putanything on or around this sensor.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER

The climate control system is equipped with anin-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, pollen,dust, etc. and it is also equipped with a de-odorant filter to reduce odor. To make sure theair conditioner heats, defogs, and ventilatesefficiently, replace the filter in accordance withthe maintenance schedule in the INFINITI Ser-vice and Maintenance Guide. To replace thefilter, contact your INFINITI dealer.

SAA0179A


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

The filter should be replaced if air flow isextremely decreased or when windows fogup easily during operating heater or airconditioning system.

The climate control system in your INFINITI ischarged with a refrigerant designed with theenvironment in mind. This refrigerant will notharm the earth’s ozone layer. However, spe-cial charging equipment and lubricant are re-quired when servicing your INFINITI air condi-tioner. Using improper refrigerants orlubricants will cause severe damage to yourclimate control system. See “Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Tech-nical and consumer information” for climatecontrol system refrigerant and lubricant recom-mendations.

Your INFINITI dealer will be able to serviceyour environmentally friendly climate controlsystem.

WARNING

The climate control system contains re-frigerant under high pressure. To avoidpersonal injury, any air conditioner ser-vice should be done only by an experi-enced technician with the properequipment.

RADIO

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and pressthe “AUDIO” on button to turn on the radio. Ifyou listen to the radio with the engine notrunning, the key should be turned to the ACCposition.

Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter, build-ings, bridges, mountains and other externalinfluences. Intermittent changes in receptionquality normally are caused by these externalinfluences.

Using a cellular phone in or near the ve-hicle may influence radio reception quality.

Radio reception

Your INFINITI radio system is equipped withstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhanceradio reception. These circuits are designed toextend reception range, and to enhance thequality of that reception.

However there are some general characteris-tics of both FM and AM radio signals that canaffect radio reception quality in a moving ve-hicle, even when the finest equipment is used.These characteristics are completely normal ina given reception area, and do not indicate anymalfunction in your INFINITI radio system.

SERVICING CLIMATE CONTROL AUDIO SYSTEM


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Reception conditions will constantly changebecause of vehicle movement. Buildings, ter-rain, signal distance and interference fromother vehicles can work against ideal recep-tion. Described below are some of the factorsthat can affect your radio reception.

FM RADIO RECEPTION

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to30 miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (singlechannel) FM having slightly more range thanstereo FM. External influences may some-times interfere with FM station reception evenif the FM station is within 25 miles (40 km). Thestrength of the FM signal is directly related tothe distance between the transmitter and re-ceiver. FM signals follow a line-of-sight path,exhibiting many of the same characteristics aslight. For example they will reflect off objects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away

from a station transmitter, the signals will tendto fade and/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interferencefrom buildings, large hills or due to antennaposition, usually in conjunction with increaseddistance from the station transmitter, static orflutter can be heard. This can be reduced byadjusting the treble control counterclockwiseto reduce treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflectivecharacteristics of FM signals, direct and re-flected signals reach the receiver at the sametime. The signals may cancel each other,resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound.

AM RADIO RECEPTION

AM signals, because of their low frequency,can bend around objects and skip along theground. In addition, the signals can bebounced off the ionosphere and bent back toearth. Because of these characteristics. AMsignals are also subject to interference as theytravel from transmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areas withmany tall buildings. It can also occur for sev-eral seconds during ionospheric turbulenceeven in areas where no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical

SAA0306


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

power lines, electric signs and even trafficlights.

SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION (ifso equipped)

When the satellite radio is first installed or thebattery has been replaced, the satellite radiomay not work properly. This is not a malfunc-tion. Wait more than 10 minutes with satelliteradio ON for satellite radio to receive all of thenecessary data.

AUDIO OPERATIONPRECAUTIONS

Cassette player

O To maintain good quality sound,INFINITI recommends using cassettetapes of 60 minutes or shorter in length.

O Cassette tapes should be removed fromthe player when not in use. Store cas-settes in their protective cases and awayfrom direct sunlight, heat, dust, mois-ture and magnetic sources.

O Direct sunlight can cause the cassette tobecome deformed. The use of deformedcassettes may cause the cassette to jamin the player.

O Do not use cassettes with labels which

are peeling and loose. If used, the labelcould jam in the player.

O If a cassette has loose tape, insert apencil through one of the cassette hubsand rewind the tape firmly around thehubs. Loose tape may cause tape jam-ming and wavering sound quality.

O Over a period of time, the playbackhead, capstan and pinch roller may col-lect a tape coating residue as the tape isplayed. This residue accumulation cancause weak or wavering sound, andshould be removed periodically with ahead cleaning tape. If the residue is notremoved periodically, the player mayneed to be disassembled for cleaning.

Compact Disc (CD) player

O Only use high quality 4.7 inches (12 cm)round discs that have the “COMPACTdisc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the discor packaging.

SAA0480


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

O During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to the hu-midity. If this occurs, remove the CD anddehumidify or ventilate the player com-pletely.

O The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

O The CD player sometimes cannot func-tion when the compartment temperatureis extremely high. Decrease the tem-perature before use.

O Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.

O CDs that are of poor quality, dirty,scratched, covered with fingerprints, orthat have pin holes may not work prop-erly.

O The following CDs may not work prop-erly.

• Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

• Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

• Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

O Do not use the following CDs as theymay cause the CD player to malfunction.

• 8 cm (3.1 in) discs with an adapter

• CDs that are not round

• CDs with a paper label

• CDs that are warped, scratched, orhave abnormal edges


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH CASSETTE PLAYER AND COMPACT DISC (CD) CHANGER

1. “AUDIO” on button

2. Volume control knob

3. “OFF” audio off button

4. “FM AM” AM, FM1 or FM2 band selectbutton

5. “SAT” satellite band select button — if soequipped

6. “CD” compact disc play button

7. “TAPE” tape play button

8. “PTYzCAT” program type button

9. Audio control buttons “ ”, “ ”

10.Audio control buttons “ ”, “ ”

11.Audio control buttons “ ”, “ ”

12.JOYSTICK and “ENTER” push button

13.“PREV” previous button

Audio main operation

Head unit

The radio has an FM diversity reception sys-tem, which employs two antennas printed onthe rear window. This system automatically

SAA0821


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

switches to the antenna which is receiving lessinterference.

The tape deck employs a permalloy headwhich allows for improved reproduction of highfrequency ranges. Noise is also greatly re-duced by the combined use of the Dolby B NR(Noise Reduction) system. The auto loudnesscircuit enhances the low frequency range au-tomatically in both radio reception and tapeand CD playback.

ONzOFF/Volume control:

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and thenpush the “AUDIO” on button while the systemis off to call up the mode (radio, tape or CD)which was playing immediately before the sys-tem was turned off. When no CD or tape isloaded, the radio will come on. While thesystem is on, pushing the “OFF” button turnsthe system off.

Turn the volume control knob to adjust thevolume.

Adjusting tone quality and speakerbalance:

To adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fader,refer to “How to use the “SETTING” buttonearlier in this section.

Audio display

“FM AM” button:

When the “FM AM” button is pushed, the FM1,FM2 or AM control will appear on the screen,and play FM1/FM2 or AM.

When the radio text message ‘Push “ENTER”to display station msg.’ is shown at the bottomof the audio display, radio station-related newinformation will be updated and displayed if the“ENTER” button is pushed and held.

“ ” — Use the joystick

Up or down: Tuning ! or @

Right or left (for less than 1.5 seconds):Seek ! or @ to the next available station.

Right or left (for more than 1.5 seconds):Scan ! or @ to the next available station.

“ ” to “ ” Memory stations

To program a station to memory (radio preset),turn the radio to the station you want to“memorize”. Press down and hold the desiredaudio control button (1 - 6). A beep sound willbe heard. The station is new “memorized” tothat audio control button.

SAA0578 SAA0510


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

“SAT” satellite radio (if so equipped):

When the “SAT” button is pushed, the satelliteradio SAT1 or SAT2 mode will appear on thescreen and then play satellite radio. SAT 1presets 1-6 and SAT 2 presets 1-6 are alsoavailable.

“ ” — Use the joystick to select the nextsatellite radio channel

Right or left: select the desired satelliteradio channel

Up or down: Seek the satellite category (forexample: ROCK, JAZZ, NEWS....).

“PTY” — In SAT mode, use to change the

preset mode to category presets. To scroll thechannels within a preset category, press thepreset button.

If you have not separately contracted for sat-ellite radio service, “NO SAT” will be shown onthe display.

“PTY zCAT” program type button:

When the “PTYzCAT” button is pushed duringFM mode/SAT mode, the PROGRAM TYPEscreen will appear.

The PTY mode can be selected as follows andthe radio goes into the PTY/CAT interruptionstandby mode and the PTY name or frequencyis displayed.

“ ” — Use the joystick to select PTYstation

Up or down: Select the PTY name.

Right or left: Seek the desired PTY station.

SAA0613 SAA0579


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

“PTY” station names

“ ” to “ ”: memory PTY/CAT

To add PTY/CAT to memory, hold the desiredaudio control button (1 - 6) (until a beep soundis heard).

“TAPE” button:

If a tape is inserted into the tape player, whenthe “TAPE” button is pushed, the TAPE screenwill appear and the tape will play.

Audio control button

“ ”, “ ”— “FF” (fast forward),“REW” (rewind) button

“ ”, “ ”— “APS FF” (automatic pro-gram search (APS) FF),“APS REW” (APS REW)button

“ ”— “ ” program button

“ ”— “ ” Dolby B NR (Noise Reduc-tion) button

SAA0511


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

“CD” button:

When the “CD” button is pushed, the CDCHANGER screen will appear and, if a CD isinserted into the CD changer, play the CD.

“ ”, “ ”— “ ” CD disc up,“ ” CD disc downbutton

“ ”, “ ”— Push the “ ” or“ ” button for less1.5 seconds.“ ” track up,“ ” track down but-ton

“ ”, “ ”— Push the “ ” or“ ” button for morethan 1.5 seconds.“ ” fast forward,“ ” rewind button

“ ”— “PROGRAM” button

The play pattern repeatedly will change asfollows:

ALL DISC REPEAT → 1 DISC REPEAT → 1TRACK REPEAT → ALL DISC RANDOM → 1DISC RANDOM → ALL DISC REPEAT

“ ”— “TITLE” button

Pushing the “TITLE” button will change thedisplay from CD changer to disc and track titlewhen the CD is programmed with the text.

FM-AM radio operation

“FM AM” band select:

Pushing the “FM AM” band select button willchange the band FM1/FM2 or AM.

When “FM AM” band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON,the radio will come on to the station lastplayed.

The last station played will also come on whenthe “AUDIO” button is pushed to ON.

If a compact disc or tape is playing when the“FM AM” band select button is turned to ON,the compact disc or tape will automatically beturned off and the last radio station played willcome on.

The FM stereo indicator STEREO will glowduring FM stereo reception. When the stereobroadcast signal is weak, the radio will auto-matically change from stereo to monaural re-ception.

TUNE (Tuning):

To change the radio frequency or PTY name,move the joystick up (+) or down (−).

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

SEEK/SCAN tuning:

SEEK tuning

Move the joystick left or right for less than 1.5seconds. SEEK tuning begins from high to lowor low to high frequencies and stops at thenext broadcasting station or seek tuning be-gins for the PTY selected name.

SAA0614


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

SCAN tuning

Move the joystick left or right for more than 1.5seconds. SCAN tuning begins from high to lowor low to high frequencies and stops at eachbroadcasting station for 5 seconds. Moving thejoystick again during this 5 second period willstop SCAN tuning and the radio will remaintuned to that station.

If the joystick is not moved within 5 seconds,SCAN tuning moves to the next station.

Station memory operations:

Twelve stations can be set for the FM band(six for FM1, six for FM2).

Six stations can be set for the AM band.

1. Tune to the desired station using the joy-stick (SEEK/SCAN or TUNE).

2. Push and hold the desired audio controlbutton (1 to 6). A beep sound will be heard.

3. The channel indicator will then show thenew station frequency (i.e. 93.1 MHz) onthe audio display. Memorizing is now com-plete.

4. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if thefuse blows, the radio memory will be erased. In

that case, reset the desired stations.

Satellite radio operation (if soequipped)

Satellite radio mode select:

Pushing the “SAT” button will change thescreen and audio to satellite radio mode“SAT1” or “SAT2”.

No satellite radio reception is available and“NO SAT” will be displayed when the SATbutton is pressed unless option satellite re-ceiver and antenna were purchased and in-stalled, and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radioservice subscription is active. To establish acontract and service, contact XM SatelliteRadio at (800) 852-9696 orhttp://activate.xmradio.com or SIRIUS SatelliteRadio at (800) 539-7474 or http:www.siriusradio.com.

CHANNEL change:

To change the satellite radio channel, movethe joystick right (+) or left (−) to the desiredsatellite radio channel.

To continuously change the channel quickly,move the joystick and hold it.

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

CHANGE satellite radio category:

To change the satellite category (for example:ROCK, JAZZ, NEWS....), when satellite radiomode appears on the screen, move the joy-stick up (+) or down (−).

“PTY” mode:

O To change the display mode from satelliteradio mode to category mode, push the“PTY” button. Current category mode willappear on the screen.

O To select the channel within the category,move the joystick right or left.

Display mode:

O To display the information (for example,title, artist name) of the satellite channel,push the “ENTER” button. For more infor-mation, move the joystick down. Move upthe joystick to go back to information dis-play. To change the display from informa-


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

tion to channel and/or category mode, pushthe “PREV” button.

Station memory operations:

Twelve (six for SAT1, six for SAT2) stationscan be set for the satellite radio.

1. Tune to the desired station using the joy-stick (SEEK/SCAN or TUNE).

2. Push and hold the desired audio controlbutton (1 to 6). A beep sound will be heard.

3. The channel indicator will then show thenew station frequency (i.e. 93.1 MHz) onthe audio display. Memorizing is now com-plete.

4. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if thefuse blows, the radio memory will be can-celled. In that case, reset the desired stations.

Cassette tape player operation

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and thenlightly insert the cassette tape into the tapeplayer in the glove box. The cassette tape willautomatically be pulled into the player.

The radio or CD will turn off (if it is on) and thecassette tape will begin to play.

CAUTION

Do not force the cassette tape into thetape player. This could cause playerdamage.

If the system is turned off by pushing theaudio “OFF” button with the cassette tape stillin the player, the tape will resume playingwhen the system is turned back on.

“TAPE” button PLAY:

O When the “TAPE” button is pushed whilethe CD is being played in the CD au-tochanger, the CD will automatically turn offand the tape will turn on.

O If the “TAPE” button is pushed during eitherthe FF, REW, APS FF or APS REW func-tion, the cassette tape enters the normalplay mode.

FF (Fast Forward), REW(Rewind):

Push the “ ” (fast forward) button to fastforward the tape. To rewind the tape, push the“ ” (rewind) button. Either the FF or REWsymbol illuminates on the right side of thedisplay window.

SAA0799


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

To stop the FF or REW function, push the“ ” (fast forward) or “ ” (rewind)again, or the TAPE button.

APS (Automatic ProgramSearch) FF, APS REW:

When the “ ” (APS FF) button is pushedwhile the tape is being played, the next pro-gram on the tape will start to play from thebeginning. Push the “ ” (APS FF) buttonseveral times to skip through programs. Thetape will advance the number of times thebutton is pushed (up to nine programs).

When the “ ” (APS REW) button ispushed once, the program being played startsover from the beginning. Push the“ ” (APS REW) button several times toskip back several selections. The tape will goback the number of times the button is pushed.

Either the FF or REW symbol flashes on theright side of the display window while search-ing for the selection.

To stop the APS FF or APS REW function,push the TAPE button.

This system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank intervalwithin one program or there is no intervalbetween programs, the system may not stop inthe desired or expected location.

“ ” Program:

Push the “ ” button to change the tapeside while the tape is being played.

The cassette tape will automatically changedirections to play the other side when the firstside is completed.

If the “ ” button is pushed during the FFor REW function, the cassette tape enters thenormal play mode.

“ ” Dolby B NR (NoiseReduction):

Push the “ ” button for Dolby NR en-coded tapes to reduce high frequency tapenoise. The indicator will come on.

Dolby noise reduction is manufactured underlicense from Dolby Laboratories LicensingCorporation. Dolby NR and the double-D sym-bol “ ” are trademarks of Dolby Labora-tories Licensing Corporation.

Metal or chrome tape usage:

The cassette player will automatically set tohigh performance play when playing a metal orchrome cassette tape.

TAPE EJECT:

When this button located in the glove box is

pushed with the tape loaded, the tape will beejected.

When the tape is ejected while it is beingplayed, the system will turn off.

Compact Disc (CD) auto changeroperation

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON.

“CD” button:

When the “CD” button is pushed with the sys-tem off and the compact disc loaded, thesystem will turn on and the compact disc willstart to play.

When the “CD” button is pushed with thecompact disc loaded but the tape or the radioplaying, the tape or radio will automatically turnoff and the compact disc will start to play.


Z 03.10.8/Y34-D/V5.0 X

1. DISC EJECT button

2. DISC slot

3. DISC slot indicator light

4. DISC select buttons (1 to 6)

5. DISC indicator light (1 to 6)

Disc loading (DISC select button 1 to 6):

OOne-disc loading

Press a desired DISC select button (1 to 6) forless than 1.5 seconds with the correspondingDISC indicator light (1 to 6) off. The light willstart flashing when the button is pressed.Insert a compact disc into the slot with thelabel side facing up. The disc will be guidedautomatically into the slot and start to play.

OAll-disc loading

When any DISC select button is pressed formore than 1.5 seconds with the DISC indicatorlight off, the all-disc loading mode will activatewith a beep. The light of the button pressedfirst will start flashing amber and the otherlights with empty holders will flash green. Thedisc loading procedure is the same as forloading one disc.

When the first disc loading is completed, theDISC indicator light will change from flashingamber to solid green, and then the light of thenext DISC select button will start flashingamber.

The disc loading procedure is the same asabove, and so continue on.

When all the discs are set or no more discs areloaded for about 15 seconds, the first disc

loaded will start to play.

CAUTION

When loading, wait for the green light atthe DISC slot and insert only one disc ata time. Forcing in the compact disccould damage the player.

Hold the disc only on the edges and centerhole. Never touch the surface of the disc.

SAA0800


Z 03.10.8/Y34-D/V5.0 X

(“ ” , “ ”) Disc up/down:

Use these buttons, to select another CD.

When the “ ” button is pressed, playingswitches to the first track on the next disc. Theaudio output is muted during this operation,and playing begins automatically.

When the “ ” button is pressed, playingswitches to the first track on the previous disc.The audio output is muted during this opera-tion, and playing begins automatically.

(“ ” , “ ”) Track up/down:

Use these buttons to switch tracks on CDs.

When the “ ” button is pressed, playingswitches to the beginning of the next track.The audio output is muted during this opera-tion, and playing begins automatically.

When the “ ” button is pressed once,playing switches to the beginning of the cur-rent track. The audio output is muted duringthis operation, and playing begins automati-cally.

If the “ ” or “ ” button is pressed forover 1.5 seconds, the sound mutes to lowvolume and plays at high speed in the forward

(or reverse) direction until the button is re-leased.

(“PROGRAM”) program:

Press the “ ” button to change the play-ing mode condition as follows.

ALL DISC REPEAT → 1 DISC REPEAT → 1TRACK REPEAT → ALL DISC RANDOM → 1DISC RANDOM → ALL DISC REPEAT

Disc eject (DISC EJECT button

):

OOne-disc eject

When the DISC EJECT button is pressed forless than 1.5 seconds while a disc is playing orstopped, the current or last disc played will beejected.

When the DISC EJECT button is pressed, theDISC indicator light will start flashing until thedisc is ready to be ejected. The light will turnoff when the disc is ejected.

To select a disc to eject, press the DISCEJECT button within 3 seconds after a DISCselect button is pressed, or do it in reverseorder.

OAll-disc eject

When the DISC EJECT button is pressed for

more than 1.5 seconds while any disc is play-ing or stopped, the all-disc eject mode willactivate with a beep.

When the DISC EJECT button is pressed, allof the DISC indicator lights of the discs storedholder will start flashing. Each light will turn offwhen the disc is ejected. When the disc isreleased from the slot, the unit will start to ejectthe next disc, and so on continuously up to fulldisc eject. After all discs are ejected, all DISCindicator lights will turn off.

CAUTION

Do not touch the playing surface of thedisc.

Do not use 8 cm discs. They may causeplayer damage even if using with theoptional adapter.


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

CD CARE AND CLEANING

O Handle a CD by its edges. Never touch thesurface of the disc. Do not bend the disc.

O Always place the discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

O To clean a disc, wipe the surface from thecenter to the outer edge using a clean, softcloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circularmotion.Do not use a conventional record cleaner oralcohol intended for industrial use.

O A new disc may be rough on the inner andouter edges. Remove the rough edges by

rubbing the inner and outer edges with theside of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

1. Mode select switch (if so equipped)

2. Volume control switch (up or down)

3. Memory change seek and APS switch (up)

4. Memory change seek and APS switch(down)

5. ON-OFF switch or Mode select switch (if soequipped)

SAA0451 SAA0801


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FORAUDIO CONTROL

“MODE” select switch (if soequipped)

Push the mode select switch to change themode in the sequence of AM, FM1, FM2(SAT1, SAT2 — if so equipped), CD au-tochanger and Tape.

Volume control switches

Push the upper or lower side switch to in-crease or decrease the volume.

Tuning switch

Memory change (radio):

Push the tuning switch for less than 1.5 sec-onds to change the radio frequency/satelliteradio channel.

Seek tuning (radio):

Push the tuning switch for more than 1.5seconds to seek the next or previous radiostation/satellite category channel.

APS (Automatic Program Search) FF, APSREW (tape or CD changer):

Push the tuning switch for less than 1.5 sec-onds to return to the beginning of the currenttrack or skip to the next track. Push severaltimes to skip back or skip through tracks.

This system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank intervalwithin one program or there is no intervalbetween programs, the system may not stop inthe desired or expected location.

FF REW (tape or CD changer):

Push the tuning switch for more than 1.5seconds to rewind or fast forward the tape or tochange the playing disc up or down.

To stop the FF or REW function, press theswitch you pushed for more than 1.5 secondsagain.

“ONzOFF” switch (if so equipped)

With the ignition key turned to the ACC or ONposition, push the “ONzOFF” switch to turn theaudio system ON or OFF.

ANTENNA

Window antenna

The antenna pattern is printed inside the rearwindow.

CAUTION

O Do not place metalized film near therear window glass or attach any metalparts to it. This may cause poor re-ception or noise.

O When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window antenna.Lightly wipe along the antenna with adampened soft cloth.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

When installing a car phone or a CB radio inyour INFINITI, be sure to observe the followingcautions, otherwise the new equipment mayadversely affect the Multiport Fuel Injectionsystem and other electronic parts.

WARNING

O A cellular telephone should not beused while driving so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.Some jurisdictions prohibit the use ofcellular telephones while driving.

O If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands freecellular phone operational mode (ifso equipped) is highly recommended.Exercise extreme caution at all timesso full attention may be given to ve-hicle operation.

O If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull off theroad to a safe location and stop yourvehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

O Keep the antenna as far as possibleaway from the Engine Control Unit.

O Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the Multiport FuelInjection harness. Do not route theantenna wire next to any harness.

O Adjust the antenna standing-wave ra-tio as recommended by the manufac-turer.

O Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

O For details, consult your INFINITIdealer.

The warning light section is located in themeter panel. When a warning light illuminatesor flashes on and off, the malfunction, nextsteps to take and maintenance informationconcerning the related system appear on thedisplay screen for taking corrective action. Thedisplay screen also shows information con-cerning driving convenience.

O The information shown on the screenshould be a guide to determine the condi-tion of the vehicle.

O For safety reason, some of the warnings donot appear on the display screen while thevehicle is being driven.

WARNING INDICATOR

If a problem occurs when starting the engine orif a warning light in the meter cluster illumi-nates or flashes on and off during vehicleoperation, the malfunction and next steps totake appear on the display screen. In thiscase, immediately take corrective action.

The warning indicator section is designed as asupplementary warning function inside themeter cluster. Also, check the condition of themeter, gauge or control, which correspondswith the warning light.

A total of 15 warning lights illuminate for thefollowing conditions:

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO VEHICLE INFORMATION


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

O Malfunction (Engine)

O Engine oil pressure

O Supplemental air bag

O Low brake fluid

O Overheating

O Charge

O Low washer fluid

O Low fuel

O Parking brake

O Door open

O Anti-lock brake

O Vehicle dynamic control

O Cruise control

O Automatic transmission oil temperature

O Tire pressure

If a warning exists for your vehicle, pressingthe “INFO” button will display that warning,replacing any screen currently displayed (i.e.Audio or Climate Control screens, etc.)

If the warning light in the instrument panelis ON or blinks, have it checked by yourINFINITI dealer as soon as possible.

O If there are multiple problems, the warninglight corresponding to the latest problemilluminates.

O The fuel level warning is displayed on thescreen slightly after the warning light illumi-nates on the meter panel.

O The parking brake warning light illuminatesafter the vehicle has been driven for awhile.

O The door ajar and parking brake drag warn-ing lights sometimes do not illuminate dur-ing low-speed operation.

O When battery voltage drops below specifi-cations, multiple warning lights can some-times illuminate. If this occurs, continue todrive the vehicle for a while, and check ifsome of the warning lights go out. If anywarning light still remains illuminated, thecorresponding system may have a malfunc-tion. All other systems are functioning prop-erly.

O If you select the “Detailed Information” keywhen it is displayed, detailed informationabout this warning condition will be shown.

O The detailed information cannot be shownwhen the vehicle is moving. Stop the ve-hicle in a safe place to see the information.

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

1. Push the “INFO.” button on the controlpanel.The VEHICLE INFORMATION screen willappear.

2. Choose an item using the joystick and pushthe “ENTER” button.

3. After viewing, push the “PREV” button toreturn to the previous screen.

SAA0581


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Trip computer information

Elapsed Time, Driving Distance and AverageSpeed will be displayed.

To reset, use the joystick to highlight the“Reset ” key and press the “ENTER” buttonimmediately before driving the vehicle.

Fuel economy information

Average fuel economy and distance to emptywill be displayed for reference.

To reset the Average Fuel Economy, use thejoystick to highlight the “Reset ” key and pressthe “ENTER” button.

SAA0638 SAA0582 SAA0612


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

If the “Fuel Economy Record ” key is high-lighted with the joystick and the “ENTER”button is pushed, the average fuel consump-tion history will be displayed in graph formalong with the average for the previous Reset-to-Reset period.

Maintenance information

To set the maintenance information for theEngine Oil, Oil Filter or Tire Rotation, highlightan item using the joystick and push the “EN-TER” button.The following example shows how to set theengine oil change interval. Use the same stepsto set the other maintenance information.

1. Reset the driving distance to the new main-tenance schedule.

2. Set the distance of the maintenance sched-ule. To determine the maintenance interval,refer to the separate “Service and Mainte-nance Guide”.

3. To display the MAINTENANCE INFORMA-TION, automatically when setting trip dis-tance is reached, highlight the “DisplayMaintenance Notification ” key with thejoystick and push the “ENTER” button.

4. To return the display to MAINTENANCEINFO., push the “PREV” button.

SAA0583 SAA0584 SAA0802


Z 04.3.16/Y34-D/V5.0 X

The maintenance information display cannotbe operated when the vehicle is moving. Stopthe vehicle in a safe place to see the informa-tion.

Maintenance information

The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen (“EN-GINE OIL” or “TIRE ROTATION”) will be au-tomatically displayed as shown when both ofthe following conditions are met:

O the vehicle is driven the set distance andthe ignition key is turned OFF.

O the ignition key is turned ON the next timethe vehicle will be driven.

To return to the previous display after the“MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen is dis-played, push the PREV button.

The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen dis-plays each time the key is turned ON until oneof the following conditions are met:

O “RESET” is selected.

O “Display Maintenance Notification” is setOFF.

O the maintenance interval is set again.

SAA0839


Z 04.3.16/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Tire pressure information

To view “TIRE PRESSURE” information, pushthe “TRIP” button repeatedly until the “MAIN-TENANCE” screen is displayed. Select “TIREPRESSURE” using the joystick and push the“ENTER” button.

Pressure indication in ** psi on the screenindicates that the pressure is being measured.After a few driving trips, the pressures for eachtire will be displayed randomly.

The order of tire pressure figures displayed onthe screen does not correspond with the actualorder of the tire position.

Tire pressure rises and falls depending on theheat caused by the vehicle’s traveling condi-tion and the temperature.

In case of low tire pressure, a message isdisplayed on the screen:

FLAT TIRE — low tire air pressure

WARNING

O When the low tire pressure warninglight is on and/or a WARNING is dis-played on the screen, check all tirepressures with a tire pressure gauge.Please refer to the “6. In case ofemergency” section for repairing.

O If the system is malfunctioning, aWARNING for tire pressure will beindicated on the display.To confirm the details, push the “EN-TER” button.

O When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the pressure willnot be indicated (** psi will be indi-cated) and the low tire pressure warn-ing system will not function. Contact

your INFINITI dealer as soon as pos-sible for wheel replacement and/orsystem resetting.

SAA0586


Z 04.3.16/Y34-D/V5.0 X

The VACS (Voice-Activated Control System)provides a safe and convenient way of control-ling vehicle systems such as the audio, climatecontrol and navigation (if so equipped). Thesystem is controlled by the PTT (Push to talk)button located on the steering wheel. Voicecommands are picked up by a microphone.When giving a command, voice feedback willbe heard through the speaker, and messageswill be shown on the display. Voice feedbackcan be turned off. Personal directories ofnametags for radio station presets can becreated, and spoken command help is pro-vided.

FEATURES

The VACS provides the following features:

O Speaker-independent continuous naturalspeech recognition engine

O Speaker adaptation or out-of-dialect speak-ers for two different users

O Audible voice feedback (prompt, error, con-firmation, and speaker adaptation dialogue)

O Personal vocabulary (radio nametags, etc.)

O On-line help (general such as “Help”, andmore specific such as “Help Radio”)

USING THE SYSTEM

Initialization

When the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, the initialization of the system is car-ried out, which takes a few seconds. Whencomplete, the system is ready to accept voicecommands. If the button is pressed beforeinitialization is complete, the message centerdisplay will show “VOICE NOT READY”.

Operating tips

To get the best results from the system, ob-serve the following:

O Close the window before operating thevoice-activated control system (VACS).The voice-activated control system may notbe able to recognize voice commands dueto surrounding noises (travel noise andvibration). Be sure to operate the systemwhen the vehicle interior is quiet. Set thefan speed to lower than level 3 when oper-ating the PTT button.

O After pressing the PTT button, always waitfor the beep before speaking.

O Speak in a natural voice without pausingbetween words.

Giving voice commands

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

2. Push the PTT (Push to talk) button on thesteering wheel.

3. The beep will sound.

If the system is processing a command, anerror beep will sound and a message such as“COMMAND CANCELED”, will be displayed.

4. If the VACS is activated, “LISTENING” willbe displayed on the screen.

5. Speak a command*.

SAA0803

VOICE-ACTIVATED CONTROLSYSTEM (VACS) (if so equipped)


Z 04.3.16/Y34-D/V5.0 X

*: Refer to the command list later in thissection.

O If you do not speak a command within 5seconds, the beep will sound and “NOSPEECH DETECTED” will be displayedon the screen.

O To cancel the command, press the PTTbutton again during feedback. The“COMMAND CANCELED” will be dis-played on the screen and finish.

6. If a command is activated, audio and visualfeedback will be provided.

7. To skip the audio feedback for a command,press the PTT button during feedback.

PERSONAL VOCABULARY

The VACS provides 20 personal nametagsthat can be associated with radio stations. Themaximum length for each nametag is 3.75seconds.

The VACS provides two personal nametagsthat can be associated with speaker adapta-tion memory locations. The length for eachnametag is 3.0 seconds.

HOW TO SAY NUMBERS

Numbers in voice commands must be given asfollows. Either “zero” or “oh” can be used for

“0”. For information about specific commands,see the Voice command descriptions on thefollowing page.

Radio stations

Radio frequencies should be spoken as fol-lows:

O “Select nine thirty AM”, or “Select ninethirty” (930).

O “Select one thousand” (1000).

O “Select ten forty” (1040).

O “Select thirteen hundred” (1300).

O “Select seventeen ten” (1710).

O “Select ninety seven point nine FM”, or“Select ninety seven point nine” (97.9).

O “Tune one hundred point five” (100.5).

O “Tune one oh one point one FM” (101.1).

Temperatures (climate control)

In climate control commands, temperaturesshould be spoken as follows:

O “Temperature seventy four” (74). — ForFahrenheit (°F)

O “Temperature twenty one point five” (21.5).— For Centigrade (°C)

O “Temperature nineteen point zero”, “Tem-perature nineteen point oh”, or “Tempera-ture nineteen” (19.0). — For °C

VOICE COMMANDDESCRIPTIONS

In the command descriptions, optional wordsare shown in square brackets [ ]. Data itemsthat you need to enter, such as phone num-bers, are shown in italics. For information onentering numbers in commands, see “How tosay numbers”.

General commands

O [VOICE] FEEDBACK ON/OFFTurns voice feedback successively on andoff.

O VOICE DELETE MEMORY A/BDeletes the trained voice stored in memoryA or B.

O VOICE [PLAY] DIRECTORYLists the personal nametags stored witheach memory location.

O VOICE DELETE DIRECTORYDeletes the personal nametags stored witheach memory location.


Z 04.3.16/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Dialog commands

O YES/NOConfirms a command after the prompt“Please say YES or NO”.

O CANCELCancels a command after the prompt“Please say YES, NO or CANCEL”.

O CORRECT/CORRECTIONTo clear the last group of numbers enteredwhen using the phone enter command.

O STORETo store the phone number, say STOREafter entering the phone number.

Help commands

O HELPGives spoken information about the voiceactivation system.

O HELP DIRECTORYGives spoken information about the direc-tory voice commands.

O HELP RADIOGives spoken information about the radiovoice commands.

O HELP RADIO MEMORYGives spoken information about the radiomemory commands.

O HELP TAPE/CASSETTEGives spoken information about the cas-sette tape voice commands.

Example:

• HELP TAPE• HELP CASSETTE

O HELP CD [CHANGER/DJ]Gives spoken information about the CDplayer voice commands. (if so equipped)

O HELP AUDIOGives spoken information about the audiovoice commands.

O HELP CLIMATE [CONTROL]Gives spoken information about the climatecontrol voice commands.

O HELP DISPLAYGives spoken information about the displaycommands.

O HELP VOICE MEMORYGives spoken information about the voicememory commands.

O HELP NAVIGATIONGives spoken information about the naviga-tion commands. (if so equipped)

Radio commands

O RADIO ON/OFFTurns the radio system on or off.

O RADIO PLAYTurns the sound system on. Selects theradio, with the last band and station to beplayed.

O RADIO SEEK/SEARCH [UP]/DOWNSeeks up or down the current band until thenext station is found.

O [RADIO] TUNE/SELECT frequency [AM/FM]RADIO frequency [AM/FM]Tunes to the frequency given in the com-mand.The frequency ranges are:FM bands — 87.9 to 107.9 MHz in steps of0.2 MHz, andAM bands — 530 to 1710 kHz in steps of 10kHz.

Example:

• TUNE NINETY SEVEN POINT NINE(97.9)

• RADIO TUNE TEN FORTY AM


Z 04.3.16/Y34-D/V5.0 X

O [RADIO] TUNE nametag, RADIO SELECTnametagSelects the stored station with the nametaggiven in the command. A total of 20 radionametags can be stored.

Example:

• TUNE COUNTRY (nametag)• RADIO SELECT WDET (nametag)

O [RADIO] [TUNE/SELECT]PRESET memory number, AM/FM/FM1/FM2PRESET memory number AM/FM/FM1/FM2Selects the stored station corresponding tothe preset number (1 to 6) given in thecommand.

Example:

• TUNE PRESET ONE FM1• RADIO SELECT PRESET THREE AM• PRESET ONE FM1

O [RADIO] [SELECT] [BAND] AM/FM/FM1/FM2Turns to the band given in the commandand selects the last station played.

Example:

• RADIO SELECT FM1• SELECT BAND AM

O RADIO STORE [NAME]Stores the currently selected station, with anametag, in the voice system memory.When prompted, the chosen nametag mustbe spoken, and confirmed. A total of 20nametags can be stored.

The sound system must be in radio modebefore giving the Radio Store command.

O RADIO DELETE nametagDeletes the station and nametag corre-sponding to the nametag given in the com-mand from the voice system memory.

O RADIO DELETE DIRECTORYDeletes all currently stored radio stationsand their nametags from the voice systemmemory.

O RADIO [PLAY] DIRECTORYGives a spoken list of station nametags andfrequencies currently stored in the voicesystem memory.

Tape commands

O TAPE/CASSETTE ON/OFFStarts or stops the cassette tape.

O TAPE/CASSETTE PLAYSelects the cassette tape player. Any tapecurrently loaded will start to play.

O [TAPE/CASSETTE] REVERSE/CHANGESIDESReverses the direction of the cassette tapebeing played. The other side of the tape isplayed from the current position of the tape.

Example:

• TAPE REVERSE• CASSETTE CHANGE SIDES

O [TAPE/CASSETTE] REWINDSelects the Rewind mode.

O [TAPE/CASSETTE] FAST FORWARDSelects the Fast Forward mode.

O TAPE/CASSETTE SEEK/SEARCH [UP]/DOWNSeeks up or down the tape to find the nexttrack.

O [TAPE/CASSETTE] DOLBY ON/OFFSelects Dolby on or off.

CDzDJ commands (if so equipped)

O CD [CHANGER/DJ] ON/OFFStarts or stops the CD player.

O CD [CHANGER/DJ] PLAYSelects the CD player, with settings corre-sponding to the last CD and track to beplayed.


Z 04.3.16/Y34-D/V5.0 X

O [CD] [CHANGER/DJ] NEXT/PREVIOUSDISC/CD[CD] [CHANGER/DJ] DISC/CD UP/DOWNSelects disc up or down.

O [CD] [CHANGER/DJ] NEXT/PREVIOUSTRACK[CD] [CHANGER/DJ] TRACK UP/DOWNSelects track up or switches to the begin-ning of the current track.

O [CD] [CHANGER/DJ] PROGRAMSelects normal, 1 disc repeat, 1 track re-peat, 1 disc random and all discs randomsequence.

Audio commands

O AUDIO ON/OFFTurn the sound system on or off.

O [AUDIO/RADIO/TAPE/CD(CHANGER/DJ)] [TONE] BASS UP/DOWNIncreases or decreases the bass level by 1.

O [AUDIO/RADIO/TAPE/CD (CHANGER/DJ)][TONE] TREBLE UP/DOWNIncreases or decreases the treble level by 1.

Automatic climate control commands

O [CLIMATE/CLIMATE CONTROL] AUTO-MATIC [ON]Turns the climate control system on inautomatic mode.

O CLIMATE-[CONTROL]-[SELECT]/[SELECT]-TEMPERATURE/CLIMATE-[CONTROL]-[SELECT]-TEMPERATUREtemperature [DEGREES]Sets the climate control temperature to thevalue given in the command.

Example:

• CLIMATE 74 (seventy four)• SELECT TEMPERATURE 74 FAHR-

ENHEIT• CLIMATE TEMPERATURE 74

O [CLIMATE]/[CLIMATE CONTROL] TEM-PERATURE UP/DOWN

Increases or decreases the temperature set-ting by 1 degree.

Example:

• CLIMATE TEMPERATURE UP• CLIMATE TEMPERATURE DOWN

O CLIMATE [CONTROL] ON/OFFTurns the climate control system on or off.

O [CLIMATE]/[CLIMATE CONTROL]DEFROST/DEFOG [ON]/OFFTurns the defrost or defog system on or off.

Example:

• CLIMATE CONTROL DEFOG• CLIMATE DEFROST OFF

O CLIMATE [CONTROL] DUAL [ON]/OFFTurns dual mode or balance mode on or off.

Example:

• CLIMATE DUAL• CLIMATE CONTROL OFF

Display commands

O [DISPLAY] [SHOW] PREVIOUS [SCREEN]Turns the display to the previous display.

Example:

• PREVIOUS• DISPLAY PREVIOUS• PREVIOUS SCREEN

Navigation commands (if soequipped)

Refer to the separate Navigation Owner’sManual.


Z 04.3.16/Y34-D/V5.0 X

SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA)MODE

Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out-of-dialect users to train the system to improverecognition accuracy. By repeating a numberof commands, the users can create a voicemodel of their own voice that is stored in theVACS. The VACS is capable of storing twodifferent speaker adaptation models in thememory location A/B.

If memory A is available, the VACS will usememory A to store the model. If memory A is inuse and memory B is available, the VACS willuse memory B to store the model. If both of thememory locations are in use, the VACS willask user to select which memory locationshould be overwritten.

Training procedure

The procedure for training a voice is as fol-lows:

1. Position the vehicle in a reasonably quietoutdoor location.

2. Sit in the driver’s seat with the enginerunning, the parking brake on, and thetransmission in Park.

3. Press and hold the PTT button for 3 sec-onds. The display shows ENTERINGTRAINING.

4. Voice memory A or B is selected automati-cally. At this time, “TRAINING MODEVOICE A or B” is displayed.

5. When preparation is complete, press thePTT button.

6. The SA mode will be explained. Follow theinstructions.

7. When the training is finished, “RECORD-ING COMPLETE” will be displayed.

8. “PLEASE SAY YOUR NAME” will then bedisplayed. Follow the instructions and reg-ister your name.

9. When the registered name is confirmed,“TRAINING COMPLETE” will be displayed,thereby completing the SA mode.

10.The SA mode will stop if any of the followingoperations is carried out.

O When the PTT button is pressed for morethan 3 seconds in the SA mode

O When the vehicle is driven during the SAmode

O When the key is turned to OFF

Training phrase

During the SA mode, the VACS instructs thetrainer to say the following phrases. (The tim-ing of input phrases is indicated by the VACS.)

O temperature eighteen point five degrees

O phone dial memory nineteen

O audio tone treble up

O tune seventeen hundred and ten

O phone enter three zero seven two nine

O radio select hundred and five point one FM

O climate control twenty two point oh degrees

O telephone store zero five four four six

O map route guidance off

O CD changer tone bass down

O tune fourteen ten AM

O navigation cancel route guidance

O telephone dial memory ninety eight

O cassette Dolby on

O display show previous screen

O temperature thirty three point zero degrees

O CDDJ tone treble up


Z 04.3.16/Y34-D/V5.0 X

O navigation save present position

O map where am I

O select a hundred and seven point nine FM

O tape fast forward

O telephone enter star zero eight eight nine

O select thirteen hundred fifty AM

O map store current location

O radio twelve eighty AM

O navigation show next intersection

O climate control defrost on

O tune eleven sixty AM

O enter pound nine oh zero one

O CDDJ play

O phone delete directory

O cassette change sides

O radio sixteen forty AM

O tune fifteen hundred seventy

O map voice mute off

O show bird view

O navigation go home

O map zoom in

O radio select preset one FM two

O CD changer disc down


Z 04.3.16/Y34-D/V5.0 X

TROUBLE-SHOOTING GUIDE

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, follow the solutions given in this guidefor the appropriate symptom/error message.Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number one, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom/error message SolutionDisplays “COMMAND NOTRECOGNIZED” or the systemfails to interpret the commandcorrectly.

1. Ensure that the command format is valid, see Command list in this section.2. Ensure that the command is given after the tone while “LISTENING” is displayed.3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level.4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive, for example, windows open or defrost on.NOTE:If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized.5. If optional words of the command have been omitted, then the command should be tried with these in place.6. If a number of commands have been given in rapid succession resulting in the message “COMMAND NOT RECOGNIZED”

to be displayed, then allow the system to recover (approximately one minute) before trying the command again.7. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should be carried out to improve the

recognition response for the speaker.Displays “NO SPEECH DE-TECTED”.

1. Ensure that the command is given after the tone while “LISTENING” is displayed.2. Ensure that the command is given within a maximum of five seconds from the end of the tone.NOTE:Be sure you know what to say before pressing the Voice button.

Displays “NAMETAG NOTUNIQUE”.

1. This response will be received when storing a nametag if the nametag being given has already been stored. This can beconfirmed by giving the Radio Directory of Phone Directory command.

2. If this response is received and the nametag has not been used already, then it is too similar to an existing nametag orvoice grammar and an alternative should be used.

The system consistently selectsthe wrong nametag.

1. Ensure that the nametag requested matches what was originally stored. This can be confirmed by giving the Radio Direc-tory or Phone Directory command.

2. Delete one of the nametags being confused and replace it with a different nametag.


Z 04.3.16/Y34-D/V5.0 X

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving...................... 5-2Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide).......................... 5-2Three way catalyst ............................................... 5-3Low tire pressure warning system ....................... 5-3Avoiding collision and rollover.............................. 5-5Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving....................... 5-5

Ignition switch............................................................ 5-6Automatic transmission ........................................ 5-5Key positions ........................................................ 5-6Infiniti vehicle immobilizer system........................ 5-7

Before starting the engine......................................... 5-8Starting the engine.................................................... 5-8Driving the vehicle..................................................... 5-9

Automatic transmission ........................................ 5-9Parking brake .......................................................... 5-13Cruise control (ASCD)............................................. 5-14

Precautions on cruise control............................. 5-14Cruise control operations ................................... 5-14

Intelligent cruise control system (if so equipped) ... 5-16How to change to the intelligent cruise controlmode................................................................... 5-16Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode........... 5-17Conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode................................................................... 5-32

Brake assist (with preview function) (for intelligentcruise control system equipped models) ................ 5-35

Brake assist ........................................................ 5-35Preview function...................................................... 5-35Break-in schedule ................................................... 5-37Increasing fuel economy ......................................... 5-37Parking/parking on hills ........................................... 5-38Power steering ........................................................ 5-39Brake system .......................................................... 5-40

Brake system...................................................... 5-40Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ............................ 5-40

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system .................. 5-41Cold weather driving ............................................... 5-43

Freeing a frozen door lock ................................. 5-43Anti-freeze .......................................................... 5-43Battery ................................................................ 5-43Draining of coolant water ................................... 5-43Tire equipment ................................................... 5-43Special winter equipment ................................... 5-44Driving on snow or ice ....................................... 5-44Engine block heater (if so equipped) ................. 5-44

Z 04.3.16/Y34-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the support ofothers alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Theycould accidentally injure themselvesor others through inadvertent opera-tion of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

O Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriouslyinjured. Keep the car locked with thetrunk closed when not in use, andprevent children’s access to car keys.

EXHAUST GAS (Carbon monoxide)

WARNING

Do not breathe exhaust gases; they con-tain colorless and odorless carbon mon-oxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. Itcan cause unconsciousness or death.

O If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with allwindows fully open, and have thevehicle inspected immediately.

O Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

O Do not park the vehicle with the en-gine running for any extended lengthof time.

O Keep the trunk lid closed while driv-ing, otherwise exhaust gases couldbe drawn into the passenger com-partment. If you must drive with thetrunk lid open, follow these precau-tions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation switchOFF and the fan control at 4 (high)to circulate the air.

O If electrical wiring or other cable con-nections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the trunk lid orthe body, follow the manufacturer’srecommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.

O If a special body or other equipmentis added for recreational or other us-age, follow the manufacturer’s rec-ommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.(Some recreational vehicle appli-ances such as stoves, refrigerator,heaters, etc. may also generate car-bon monoxide.)

O The exhaust system and body shouldbe inspected by a qualified mechanicwhenever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passenger

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

compartment.

c. You notice a change in the soundof the exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involv-ing damage to the exhaust system,underbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE WAY CATALYST

The three way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Ex-haust gases in the converter are burned athigh temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

WARNING

O The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys-tem are very hot. Keep people, ani-mals or flammable materials awayfrom the exhaust system compo-nents.

O Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. They mayignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

O Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline seriously re-duce the three way catalyst’s abilityto help reduce exhaust pollutants.

O Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause over-rich fuel flow into the three way cata-lyst, causing it to overheat. Do notkeep driving if the engine misfires, orif noticeable loss of performance orother unusual operating conditionsare detected. Have the vehicle in-spected promptly by an INFINITIdealer.

O Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing the three way catalyst.

O Do not race the engine while warmingit up.

O Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNINGSYSTEM

The low tire pressure warning system displayspressure of all tires (except the spare tire) onthe monitor screen by sending a signal from asensor that is installed in each wheel.

The low tire pressure warning system willactivate only when the vehicle is driven atspeeds above 20 MPH (32 km/h). Also, thissystem may not detect a sudden drop in tirepressure (for example, a flat tire while driving).

Tire pressure rises and falls depending on theheat caused by the vehicle’s operation and theoutside temperature. Low outside temperaturecan lower the temperature of the air inside thetire which can cause a lower tire inflationpressure. This may cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illumintate.

If the warning light illuminates in low ambienttemperature as described above, check thetire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLD tire pres-sure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label to turn the low tire pressure warninglight OFF.

Frequently check the tire pressure informationdisplay on the monitor screen and adjust pres-sure of each tire properly. (The order of the tire

Starting and driving 5-3

Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

pressure figures displayed on the screen doesnot correspond with the actual order of the tireposition.) See “Vehicle information” in the “4.Monitor, climate, audio and voice-activatedcontrol systems” section for tire pressuremonitor.

Low tire pressure warning

If the vehicle is being driven with an extremelylow tire pressure (lower than 27 psi, 190 kPa),the FLAT TIRE warning message will be dis-played on the monitor screen. The low tirepressure warning light comes on, and thechime sounds for about 10 seconds.

WARNING

O If the low tire pressure warning lightcomes ON and/or FLAT TIRE warningis displayed on the monitor screenwhile driving, avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers or abrupt braking, reducevehicle speed, pull off the road to asafe location and stop the vehicleassoon as possible. Serious vehicledamage could occur and may lead toan accident and could result in seri-ous personal injury. Check the pres-

sure of all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to therecommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the low tirepressure warning light OFF. If you havea flat tire, replace it with a spare tire assoon as possible. (See “Flat tire” in the“6. In case of emergency” section forchanging a flat tire.)

O When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, tire pressurewillnot be indicated and the low tirepressure warning system will notfunction. Contact your INFINITI dealeras soon as possible for tire replace-ment and/or system resetting.

O Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.

CAUTION

Do not place metalized film or any metalparts (antenna, etc.) on the windows.This may cause poor reception of thesignals from the tire pressure sensors,and the low tire pressure warning sys-tem will not function properly.

FCC Notice:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compliancecould void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may cause undes-ired operation of the device.


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in lossof control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessivespeed, high speed cornering, or sudden steer-ing maneuvers, because these driving prac-tices could cause you to lose control of yourvehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss of con-trol could result in a collision with othervehicles or objects, or cause the vehicle torollover, particularly if the loss of controlcauses the vehicle to slide sideways. Beattentive at all times, and avoid driving whentired. Never drive when under the influence ofalcohol or drugs (including prescription orover-the-counter drugs which may causedrowsiness). Always wear your seat belt. See“Seat Belts” in the “1. Seats, restraints andsupplemental air bag systems” section. Alsoinstruct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an

unbelted or improperly belted person is signifi-cantly more likely to be injured or killed than aperson wearing a seat belt.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alco-hol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstreamreduces coordination, delays reactiontime and impairs judgment. Driving afterdrinking alcohol increases the likeli-hood of being involved in an accidentinjuring yourself and others. Addition-ally, if you are injured in the accident,alcohol can increase the severity of theinjury.

INFINITI is committed to safe driving. Youmust not drive under the influence of alcohol.Every year thousands of people are injured orkilled in alcohol related accidents. Althoughthe local laws vary on what is considered to belegally intoxicated, the fact is that alcoholaffects all people differently and most peopleunderestimate the effects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!

And that’s true for drugs too (over the counter,prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive ifyour ability to operate your vehicle is impairedby alcohol, drugs, or some other physicalcondition.


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

The switch includes an anti-theft steering lockdevice.

The key can only be removed when the igni-tion switch is in this LOCK position.

The ignition lock is designed so that the keycannot be turned to LOCK and removed untilthe selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

When removing the key from the ignition,make sure the selector lever is in the P posi-tion.

If the selector lever is not returned to P, the keycannot be moved toward LOCK.

When the key cannot be turned toward theLOCK position, proceed as follows to removethe key:

1. Move the selector lever into the P position.

2. Turn the ignition key slightly in the ONdirection.

3. Turn the key toward the LOCK position.

4. Remove the key.

If the key is removed from the ignition switch,the select lever cannot be moved from P. Theselector lever can be moved if the ignitionswitch is in the ON position and the footbrake pedal is depressed.

To lock the steering wheel, remove the key.To unlock the steering wheel, insert the keyand turn it gently while rotating the steer-ing wheel slightly right and left.

WARNING

Never remove or turn the key to theLOCK position while driving. The steer-

ing wheel will lock. This may cause thedriver to lose control of the vehicle andcould result in serious vehicle damageand/or personal injury.

Emergency release steering lock

When the battery is discharged, the steeringlock may not be released. Proceed as followsto release the steering lock.

1. Remove the emergency key from the elec-tronic ignition key. See “How to use theemergency key” in the “Pre-driving andadjustments” section.

2. To unlock the steering wheel, insert theemergency key deeply and turn it gentlywhile rotating the steering wheel slightlyright and left.

KEY POSITIONS

LOCK Normal parking position (0)

OFF (1)

The engine can be turned off without lockingthe steering wheel.

The ignition lock is designed so that the keycannot be turned to LOCK and removed until

SSD0245

IGNITION SWITCH


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

ACC (Accessories) (2)

This position activates electrical accessoriessuch as the radio when the engine is notrunning.

ON Normal operating position (3)

This position turns on the ignition system andthe electrical accessories.

START (4)

This position activates the starter motor, start-ing the engine.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM

The Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System will notallow the engine to start without the use of theregistered Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkey (hereafter “Electronic ignition key”).

The engine may not start with the registeredelectronic ignition key under the following con-ditions as illustrated above:

j1 If metal contacts the electronic ignition key.

j2 If a device equipped with a transpondercontacts the electronic ignition key.

If the engine fails to start using the registeredelectronic ignition key (for example, when in-terference is caused by another electronicignition key, an automated toll road device orautomated payment device on the key ring),restart the engine using the following proce-dures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON positionfor approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKposition, and wait approximately 5 seconds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered electronic ig-nition key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, INFINITIrecommends placing the registered electronicignition key on a separate key ring to avoidinterference from other transponder equippeddevices.

SIC1611


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

O Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

O Maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically, e.g., each time youcheck engine oil.

O Check that all windows and lights are clean.

O Visually inspect tires for condition. Alsocheck tire pressure.

O Lock all doors.

O Position seat and adjust head restraints.

O Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

O Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

O Check the operation of warning lights whenthe key is turned to the ON (3) position.

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to P (Park) or N(Neutral). (P preferred.)

The starter is designed not to operate if theselector lever is in one of the driving posi-tions.

3. Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the ignitionkey to START. Release the key when theengine starts. If the engine starts, but failsto run, repeat the above procedure.

O If the engine is very hard to start in ex-tremely cold weather or when restarting,depress the accelerator pedal a little (ap-proximately 1/3 to the floor) and hold it thencrank the engine. Release the key and theaccelerator pedal when the engine starts.

O If the engine is very hard to start because itis flooded, depress the accelerator pedal allthe way to the floor and hold it. Crank theengine for 5 to 6 seconds. After crankingthe engine, release the accelerator pedal.Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the ignitionkey to START. Release the key when theengine starts. If the engine starts, but failsto run, repeat the above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than15 seconds at a time. If the engine doesnot start, turn the key off and wait 10seconds before cranking again, other-wise the starter could be damaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive at mod-erate speeds for a short distance first,especially in cold weather.

In cold weather, keep the engine runningfor a minimum of 2 - 3 minutes beforeshutting it off. Starting and stopping theengine over a short period of time maymake the vehicle more difficult to start.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

Gate type shift with manual mode

The automatic transmission in your vehicle iselectronically controlled by a transmission con-trol module to produce maximum power andsmooth operation.

Shown on the following pages are the recom-mended operating procedures for this trans-mission. Follow these procedures for maxi-mum vehicle performance and drivingenjoyment.

Starting the vehicle

O After starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal before shifting the selectorlever to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D(Drive) or manual shift mode position. Besure the vehicle is fully stopped beforeattempting to shift the selector lever.

This automatic transmission is designedso that the foot brake pedal MUST be de-pressed before shifting from P (Park) toany drive position while the ignition switchis ON.

The selector lever cannot be moved out ofP (Park) and into any of the other gearpositions if the ignition key is turned to theLOCK, OFF or ACC position or if the key is

removed from the ignition switch.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andshift the selector lever into a driving gear.

2. Release the parking brake and foot brake,then gradually start the vehicle in motion.

WARNING

O Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) ormanual shift mode. Always depressthe brake pedal until shifting is com-pleted. Failure to do so could causeyou to lose control and have an acci-dent.

O Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forwardor reverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

O Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse)while the vehicle is moving forward.Never shift to P (Park) or D (Drive) thewhile the vehicle is moving rearward.These could cause you to lose con-

trol and have an accident.

O On slippery roads, do not downshift.This may cause a loss of control.

CAUTION

When stopping the vehicle on an uphillgrade, do not hold the vehicle by de-pressing the accelerator pedal. The footbrakes should be used for this purpose.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Shifting

After starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal and shift the selector lever from P(Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive),Manual shift mode or any of the desired shiftpositions.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the selectorlever is in any position while the engineis not running. Failure to do so could

cause the vehicle to move unexpectedlyor roll away and result in serious per-sonal injury or property damage.

If the key is turned to OFF or ACC for anyreason while the vehicle is in R (Reverse), N(Neutral), or any D (Drive) position, the keycannot be turned to LOCK and be removedfrom the ignition switch. Additionally, after ap-proximately 3 minutes have passed since thekey is turned to OFF or ACC from the ONposition, the selector lever cannot be moved toP (Park) from N (Neutral) or any D (Drive)position. The selector lever can be moved fromR (Reverse) to P (Park) with the key in theOFF or ACC position. If this occurs, performthe following steps:

1. Apply the parking brake when the vehicle isstopped.

2. Turn the key to ON.

3. Depress the foot brake pedal if the vehicleis in the N (Neutral) or any D (Drive) posi-tion.

4. If necessary, move the selector lever to P(Park) or N (Neutral) to restart the vehicle(P is preferred) or move the selector leverto P (Park) to park the vehicle.

5. Turn the ignition key to LOCK to remove thekey.

P (Park):

Use this selector position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Make surethe vehicle is completely stopped. For maxi-mum safety, depress the brake pedal, thenmove the lever to the P (Park) position. Thebrake pedal must be depressed any timethe selector lever is moved to P (Park).Apply the parking brake. When parking on ahill, apply the parking brake first, then movethe lever to the P (Park) position.

SSD0246 SSD0247


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Always be surethe vehicle is completely stopped when select-ing R (Reverse). The brake pedal must bedepressed to move the selector lever fromP (Park), N (Neutral), or any drive positionto R (Reverse).

N (Neutral):

Neither forward or reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position. Youmay shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalledengine while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

Manual shift mode

When the selector lever is shifted from D to themanual shift gate with the vehicle stopped orwhile driving, the transmission enters themanual shift mode. Shift ranges can be se-lected manually.

In the manual shift mode, the shift range isdisplayed on the position indicator in themeter. When shifting the shift lever to themanual shift gate, the position indicator firstdisplays M4 (Fourth)

Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows:

M1→← M2

→← M3

→← M4

→← M5

M5 (Fifth):

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

M4 (Fourth):

For driving up or down long slopes whereengine braking would be advantageous.

M3 (Third) and M2 (Second):

Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades.

M1 (First):

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or driving slowly through deep snow,sand or mud, or for maximum engine brakingon steep downhill grades.

O Remember not to drive at high speeds forextended periods of time in lower than M4range. This reduces fuel economy.

When shifting up:

Move the selector lever to the + (up) side.(Shifts to higher range.)

When shifting down:

Move the selector lever to the − (down) side.(Shifts to lower range.)

O The transmission will automatically shift thegears between the 1st and the selectedrange. (For example, if you select the 3rdrange, the transmission will shift up or downbetween the 1st and 3rd gears.)

O Moving the selector lever rapidly to thesame side twice will shift the ranges insuccession.

When canceling the manual shift mode:

Return the selector lever to the D position toreturn the transmission to the normal drivingmode.

O In the manual shift mode, the transmis-

SSD0248


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

sion may not shift to the selected gear.This helps maintain driving performanceand reduces the chance of vehicle dam-age or loss of control.

O In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may shift up automatically to ahigher range than selected if the enginespeed is too high. When the vehiclespeed decreases, the transmission au-tomatically shifts down and shifts to 1stgear before the vehicle comes to a stop.

Shift lock release

If the battery is discharged, the selector levermay not be moved from the P (Park) positioneven with the brake pedal depressed.

To move the selector lever, push the shift lockrelease button while depressing the foot brakeand applying the parking brake. The selectorlever can be moved to N (Neutral). This allowsthe vehicle to be moved if the battery isdischarged.

If the battery is discharged in N (Neutral), D(Drive) or Manual shift mode, the select levermay not be moved to the P (Park) position.

If it is necessary to park the vehicle, push theshift lock release button, then move the shiftlever to the P (Park).

To push the shift lock release button, follow theprocedure as illustrated.

If the lever cannot be moved out of P (Park),have your INFINITI dealer check the automatictransmission system as soon as possible.

WARNING

O If the selector lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position while theengine is running and the brake pedalis depressed, the stop lights may notwork. Malfunctioning stop lightscould cause an accident injuringyourself and others.

O Do not park the vehicle without shift-ing to the P (Park) position.

Accelerator downshift— In D position —

For passing or hill climbing, fully depress theaccelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts thetransmission down into a lower gear, depend-ing on the vehicle speed.

SSD0249


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Fail-safe

When the fail-safe operation occurs, the nexttime the key is turned to the ON position, the

light will blink for approximately 8 sec-onds after coming on for 2 seconds. While thevehicle can be driven under these circum-stances please note that the gears in theautomatic transmission may be locked infourth gear.

If the vehicle is driven under extreme con-ditions, such as excessive wheel spinningand subsequent hard braking, the fail-safesystem may be activated. This will occureven if all electrical circuits are functioningproperly. In this case, turn the ignition keyOFF and wait for 3 seconds. Then turn thekey back to the ON position. The vehicleshould return to its normal operating con-dition. If it does not return to its normaloperating condition, have your INFINITIdealer check the transmission and repair ifnecessary.

To apply: Fully depress the parking brakepedal.

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Depress the parking brake pedal and theparking brake will be released.

3. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

WARNING

O Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure to doso can cause brake failure and lead toan accident.

O Do not release the parking brake fromoutside the vehicle.

O Do not use the gear shift in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fully en-gaged.

O Do not leave children unattended in avehicle. They could release the park-ing brake and cause an accident.

SPA1286B

PARKING BRAKE


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL

O If the cruise control system malfunctions, itwill cancel automatically. The SET indicatorlight in the meter assembly will then blink towarn the driver.

O If the SET indicator light blinks, turn thecruise control main switch off and have thesystem checked by your INFINITI dealer.

O The SET indicator light may sometimesblink when the cruise control main switch isturned ON while pushing the RES/ACCEL,COAST/SET or CANCEL switch (locatedon the steering wheel). To properly set thecruise control system, perform the stepsbelow in the order indicated.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when driv-ing under the following conditions:

O when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at set speed.

O in heavy traffic or in traffic that variesin speed.

O on winding or hilly roads.

O on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

O in very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

1. CRUISE ON/OFF

2. ACCELERATE/RESUME

3. CANCEL

4. SET/COAST

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the mainswitch on. The CRUISE indicator light willcome on.

SSD0250

CRUISE CONTROL (ASCD)


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-hicle to the desired speed, push theSET/COAST switch and release it. (The SETindicator light will come on.) Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will main-tain the set speed.

O To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the previ-ously set speed.

O The vehicle may not maintain the set speedon winding or hilly roads. If this happens,drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, follow any ofthese methods:

a) Push the CANCEL button. The SET indica-tor light will go out.

b) Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicatorlight will go out.

c) Move the selector lever to the N (Neutral)position. The SET indicator light will go out.

d) Turn the main switch off. Both the CRUISEindicator and SET indicator lights will goout.

O If you depress the brake pedal while push-ing the ACCEL/RES or SET/COAST switchand reset at the cruising speed, the cruise

control will disengage. Turn the main switchoff once and then turn it on again.

O The cruise control will automatically cancelif the vehicle slows down below approxi-mately 8 MPH (13 km/h).

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

O Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the SET/COAST switch.

O Push and hold the ACCEL/RES set switch.When the vehicle attains the speed youdesire, release the switch.

O Push, then quickly release the ACCEL/RESset switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

O Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-hicle attains the desired speed, push theSET/COAST switch and release it.

O Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.Release the switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

O Push, then quickly release the SET/COAST

switch. Each time you do this, the set speedwill decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the ACCEL/RES set switch. The vehiclewill resume the last set cruising speed whenthe vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemautomatically maintains a selected distancefrom the vehicle in front of you according tothat vehicle’s speed, or at the set speed, if theroad ahead is clear.

The ICC function has two cruise controlmodes: Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode for maintaining a selected distance be-tween a vehicle, and a conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode for cruising atpreset speeds.

WARNING

Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using either cruise control mode.Read and understand the Owner’sManual thoroughly before using thecruise control. To avoid serious injury ordeath, do not rely on the system toprevent accidents or to control the vehi-cle’s speed in emergency situations. Donot use cruise control except in appro-priate road and traffic conditions.

HOW TO CHANGE TO THEINTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROLMODE

When you push the ON/OFF switch, you canchoose the preferred cruise control mode:vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode or theconventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode.

When you push the ON/OFF switch quickly,the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode isactivated.

To choose the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold the

ON/OFF switch for longer than about 1.5 sec-onds.

Once a control mode is chosen and activates,it cannot be changed to the other cruise controlmode. To change the mode, push the ON/OFFswitch once, then turn on the system again.

WARNING

O In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warningbuzzer does not sound to warn you if

SSD0353

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROLSYSTEM (if so equipped)


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

you are too close to the vehicleahead, as neither the presence of thevehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.

O Pay special attention to the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicleahead of you or a collision couldoccur.

O Always confirm the setting in the In-telligent Cruise Control system dis-play.

For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, see the following description. For theconventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode, see page 5-32.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE

In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) sys-tem automatically maintains a selected dis-tance from the vehicle in front of you accordingto that vehicle’s speed, or at the set speed, ifthe road ahead is clear.

With ICC, the driver can maintain the same

speed as other vehicles without the constantneed to adjust the speed as you would with anormal cruise control system.

The system is intended to enhance the opera-tion of the vehicle when following anothervehicle traveling in the same lane and direc-tion. If the distance sensor detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead of you, the system willreduce your speed so that you follow thevehicle in front of you at the selected distance.The system automatically controls the throttleand applies the brakes (up to 25% of vehiclebraking power) if necessary.

The detection range of the sensor is approxi-mately 390 ft (120 m) ahead.

WARNING

O This system is only an aid to assistthe driver and is not a collision warn-ing or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert,drive safely and be in control of thevehicle at all times.

O The system is primarily intended foruse on straight, dry, open roads withlight traffic. It is not advisable to use

the system in city traffic or congestedareas.

O This system will not adapt automati-cally to road conditions. This systemshould be used in evenly flowing traf-fic. Do not use the system on roadswith sharp curves, or on icy roads, inheavy rain or in fog.

The distance sensor will not detect under mostconditions:

O Stationary and slow moving vehicles

O Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

O Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

O Motorcycles or scooters traveling on thesides of the lane

This system will not automatically brakethe vehicle to a stop.

The system will cancel and a warning buzzerwill sound if the speed falls below approxi-mately 20 MPH (32 km/h). Also, the systemwill be disengaged below the 20 MPH (32km/h) cut-off speed or over the maximum setspeed.


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

The following items are controlled when theselector lever is in the D (Drive) position ex-cept in the manual shift mode.

O When there are no vehicles ahead, thevehicle with this system maintains thespeed set by the driver. The driver can setthe speed between approximately 25 and90 MPH (40 and 144 km/h).

O When there is a vehicle ahead, the ICCsystem changes vehicle speed betweenapproximately 20 MPH (32 km/h) and theset speed to match the speed of the vehicleahead and maintain the driver selecteddistance between vehicles.

O When the vehicle ahead moves from infront of you, a vehicle set on ICC willaccelerate up to and maintain the setspeed.

WARNING

O There is a performance limit to thedistance control function. Never relysolely on the Intelligent Cruise Con-trol system. This system does notcorrect careless, inattentive orabsent-minded driving, or overcome

poor visibility in rain, fog, or otherbad weather. Decelerate the vehiclespeed by depressing the brake pedal,depending on the distance to the ve-hicle ahead and the surrounding cir-cumstances in order to maintain asafe distance between vehicles.

O Although the brake operation is con-trolled by the system, the systemdoes not automatically stop the ve-hicle. If the vehicle speed falls belowapproximately 20 MPH (32 km/h), theIntelligent Cruise Control system isautomatically canceled and a warn-ing buzzer sounds. (The brake con-trol is also canceled.)

O The system may not detect the ve-hicle in front of you in certain road orweather conditions. To avoid acci-dents, never use the IntelligentCruise Control system under the fol-lowing conditions:

— On roads where the traffic is heavyor there are sharp curves

— On slippery road surfaces such ason ice or snow, etc.

— During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.)(When the windshield wiper is op-erated at the low speed (LO), highspeed (HI) position or the fastestposition of intermittent operation,the Intelligent Cruise Control sys-tem is automatically canceled.)

— When strong light (for example, atsunrise or sunset) is directly shin-ing on the front of the vehicle.

— When rain, snow or dirt adhere tothe system sensor.

— On steep downhill roads (the ve-hicle may go beyond the set ve-hicle speed and frequent brakingmay result in overheating thebrakes).

— On repeated uphill and downhillroads.

— When traffic conditions make itdifficult to keep a proper distance


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

between vehicles because of fre-quent acceleration or deceleration.

O If you are towing a trailer, the systemmay not detect a vehicle ahead. Donot use the Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem.

O In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedlycome into the sensor detection zoneand cause automatic braking. Youmay need to control the distancefrom other vehicles using the accel-erator pedal. Always stay alert andavoid using the ICC system when it isnot recommended.

Driving with Intelligent CruiseControl system

Always pay attention to the operation of thevehicle and be ready to manually control theproper following distance. The IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) system may not be ableto maintain the selected distance betweenvehicles (following distance) or selected ve-hicle speed under some circumstances.

The ICC system uses a sensor j1 located onthe front of the vehicle to detect vehiclesahead. The sensor generally detects the sig-nals returned from the rear reflectors on avehicle ahead. The ICC system may not be

able to maintain the selected distance if thesensor cannot detect the reflector from thevehicle ahead when:

O the reflector is positioned high on the ve-hicle (trailer, etc.).

O the reflector is covered with dirt, snow androad spray.

O snow or road spray from other vehiclesreduces the sensor’s visibility.

O dense exhaust or other smoke (blacksmoke) from other vehicles reduces thesensor’s visibility.

O if the reflector on the vehicle ahead ismissing, damaged or covered.

O if excessively heavy baggage is loaded inthe rear seat or the trunk of your vehicle.

O if your vehicle tows a trailer, etc..

The ICC system is designed to automaticallydetect when the sensor is dirty or obstructed. Ifdirt is detected on the sensor, the system isautomatically canceled. If the sensor is cov-ered with ice, a transparent or translucent vinylbag, etc., the ICC system may not detect them.If so, the ICC system may not cancel and maynot be able to maintain the selected followingdistance. Clean the sensor regularly.

SSD0251A


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

The ICC system is designed to maintain aselected distance and match the speed of aslower vehicle ahead; the system deceleratesthe vehicle as necessary. However, the ICCsystem can only apply up to 25% of thevehicles total braking power. Because of this,the ICC system should only be used whentraffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to re-main fairly constant or vehicle speeds changegradually. If a vehicle moves into the laneahead or if a vehicle ahead rapidly deceler-ates, the distance between vehicles may be-come closer because the ICC system cannotdecelerate the vehicle quickly enough. If thisoccurs, the ICC system will sound a warningbuzzer and blink the system display to notifythe driver to take necessary action. Refer to“Approach warning” later in this section.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approach station-ary and slow moving vehicles. You must payattention to vehicle operation to maintainproper distance from vehicles ahead whenapproaching toll gates or traffic jams.

The detection zone of the ICC sensor is lim-ited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detectionzone for the ICC to maintain the selecteddistance and to match the speed of a vehicleahead.

A vehicle ahead may be outside the detectionzone due to its position in the lane. Motor-cycles and scooters may not be detected in thelane ahead if they are traveling offset from thecenterline of the lane. A vehicle that is chang-ing lanes ahead may be outside the detectionzone until it is almost completely in the lane. Ifthis occurs, the ICC system may warn youby blinking the system indicator andsounding the buzzer. The driver may have

to manually control the proper followingdistance.

SSD0252


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

When driving on some roads, the ICC sensormay detect vehicles in a different lane, or maytemporarily not detect a vehicle ahead. Thismay cause the ICC system to decelerate oraccelerate the vehicle. These conditions couldhappen on winding roads, hilly roads, enteringor exiting a curve, narrow roads or in roadconstruction areas. Additionally, the detectionof vehicles can be affected by vehicle opera-tion (steering maneuver or driving position inthe lane) or vehicle condition (for example, if avehicle is being driven with some damage). Insuch situations the ICC system indicatorand buzzer may warn you unexpectedly.You will then have to manually control the

proper distance ahead of your vehicle. If you are driving on the freeway at a set speedand come upon a slower vehicle ahead, theICC will attempt to match that vehicle’s speedand maintain a selected following distance. Ifthe vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits thefreeway, the ICC system will accelerate thevehicle to match the set speed. Pay attentionto the driving operation to maintain control ofthe vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speed onwinding or hilly roads. If this happens, drivewithout the ICC system.

SSD0253 SSD0254


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Intelligent Cruise Control switch

The system is operated by a master ON/OFFswitch and four control switches, all mountedon the steering wheel.

1. ON/OFF switch:Master switch to activate the system

2. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch:Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system without erasing theset speed.

4. SET/COAST switch:Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speedincrementally.

5. DISTANCE switch:Changes the following distance from; Maxi-mum, Intermediate, Minimum.

Intelligent Cruise Control systemdisplay

The display is located under the tachometer.

1. Intelligent Cruise Control system warninglight (Orange)

The light comes on if there is a malfunction inthe ICC system.

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front ofyou.

SSD0255 SSD0354


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

3. Set distance indicator

Displays the selected distance between ve-hicles set with the DISTANCE switch.

4. Indicates your vehicle

5. ON/OFF switch indicator light (Green)

Indicates that the ON/OFF switch is ON.

6. Set vehicle speed indicator

Indicates the set vehicle speed.

For Canadian models, the speed will be indi-cated by km/h.

When the key switch is turned ON, the display

comes on as illustrated to check for a burned-out bulb, and it turns off when the engine isstarted.

Operating vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode

To turn on the cruise control, push theON/OFF switch on. The cruise indicator light,set distance indicator and set vehicle speedindicator illuminate. They are now in a standbystate for setting.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruisecontrol, make sure to turn the ON/OFF

SSD0355 SSD0258


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

switch off when not using the IntelligentCruise Control system.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-hicle to the desired speed, push theSET/COAST switch and release it. (Vehicleahead detection indicator, set distance indica-tor and set vehicle speed indicator come on.)Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Yourvehicle will maintain the set speed.

The Intelligent Cruise Control system cannotbe set under the following conditions even ifthe SET/COAST switch is pushed.

O When traveling outside the 25 to 90 MPH(40 to 144 km/h) speed range

O When the selector lever is not in the D

(Drive) position, including the manual shiftmode.

O While the driver is depressing the brake

O When pressing the ACCEL/RES switchwithout there being a set speed in memory

O When the windshield wipers are switched tolow speed (LO), high speed (HI) or thefastest position of intermittent operation

O When the parking brake is applied.

O When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system is switched off.

SSD0259


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

System operation

WARNING

Normally when controlling the distanceto a vehicle ahead, this system auto-matically accelerates or deceleratesyour vehicle according to the speed ofthe vehicle ahead. Depress the accelera-tor or brake pedal, however, to properlyaccelerate or decelerate your vehiclewhen acceleration is required for a

lane change or when deceleration isrequired to maintain a safe distancefrom any vehicles ahead. Be preparedfor vehicles that may suddenly cut infront of you. Always stay alert whenusing the ICC system.

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICC systemmaintains the set vehicle speed, similar tostandard cruise control, as long as no vehicleis detected in the lane ahead.

The ICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead:

When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead,the ICC system decelerates the vehicle bycontrolling the throttle and applying the brakesto match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead.The system then controls the vehicle speedbased on the speed of the vehicle ahead tomaintain a driver selected distance.

The stoplights of the vehicle come on andthe brake pedal depresses when braking isperformed by the ICC system.

CAUTION

Never place your foot under the brakepedal, when the brake is operated by theIntelligent Cruise Control system. Youmay get your foot caught in the pedal.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, the vehicleahead detection indicator comes on. The ICCsystem will also display the set speed andselected distance.

Vehicle ahead not detected:

When a vehicle is not longer detected ahead,the ICC system gradually accelerates yourvehicle to resume the previously set vehicle

SSD0260


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

speed. The ICC system then maintains the setspeed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected thevehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.

If a vehicle appears ahead during accelerationto the set vehicle speed or any time the ICCsystem is in operation, the system recontrolsthat distance to that vehicle.

To pass another vehicle, depress the accel-erator pedal and steer the vehicle around thevehicle ahead. The set speed indicator willflash when the vehicle speed exceeds the setspeed. The vehicle detect indicator will turn offwhen the area ahead of the vehicle is clear.When the pedal is released, the vehicle willreturn to the previously set speed.

Although your vehicle may be at the set ve-hicle speed based on ICC system control,depress the accelerator pedal when it is nec-essary to accelerate your vehicle rapidly.

How to change the set vehiclespeed

To cancel the preset speed, use any of thesemethods:

O Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

O Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle speedindicator will go out.

O Turn the ON/OFF switch off. Both theON/OFF switch indicator and set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

O Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the SET/COAST switch.

O Push and hold the ACCEL/RES switch. Theset vehicle speed will increase by approxi-mately 5 MPH (5 km/h for Canada).

O Push, then quickly release the ACCEL/RESswitch. Each time you do this, the set speedwill increase by approximately 1 MPH (1km/h for Canada).

SSD0261


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

O Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-hicle attains the desired speed, push theSET/COAST switch and release it.

O Push and hold the SET/COAST switch. Theset vehicle speed will decrease by approxi-mately 5 MPH (5 km/h for Canada).

O Push, then quickly release the SET/COASTswitch. Each time you do this, the set speedwill decrease by approximately 1 MPH (1km/h for Canada).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehicle willresume the last set cruising speed when thevehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

How to change the set distance tothe vehicle ahead

The distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time depending on the trafficconditions.

Each time the DISTANCE switch is pressed,the set distance will change to long, medium,short and back to long again in that sequence.

SSD0262


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

O The distance to the vehicle ahead willchange according to the vehicle speed. Thehigher the vehicle speed, the longer thedistance.

O If the engine is stopped, the set distancebecomes “long”. (Each time the engine is

started, the initial setting becomes long.)

Approach warning

If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to quick deceleration of that vehicleor if another vehicle cuts in, the system warns

the driver with the buzzer and ICC systemdisplay. Decelerate by depressing the brakepedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if:

• The buzzer sounds.

• The vehicle ahead detection and setdistance indicator blink.

WARNING

Do not use the Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem when traffic conditions causethe buzzer to sound frequently.

The warning buzzer may not sound in somecases when there is a short distance betweenvehicles. Some examples are:

O When the vehicles are traveling at the samespeed and the distance between vehicles isnot changing.

O When the vehicle ahead is traveling fasterand the distance between vehicles is in-creasing.

O When the accelerator pedal is depressed,overriding the system.

O When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.

The warning buzzer will not sound when your

SSD0263


Z 03.10.8/Y34-D/V5.0 X

vehicle approaches vehicles that are parked ormoving slowly.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink when theICC sensor detects some reflectors whichare fitted on vehicles in other lanes or onthe side of the road. This may cause theICC system to decelerate or accelerate thevehicle. The ICC sensor may detect thesereflectors when the vehicle is driven onwinding roads, hilly roads or when enteringor exiting a curve. The ICC sensor may alsodetect reflectors on narrow roads or in roadconstruction zones. In these cases you willhave to manually control the proper dis-tance ahead of your vehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected bythe vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or vehicle condition(for example, if a vehicle is being driven withsome damage).

Automatic cancellation

A buzzer sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically canceled.

O When the vehicle speed is outside of 20 to90 MPH (32 to 144 km/h)

O When the selector lever is shifted to aposition other than D (Drive), including themanual shift mode

O When the wiper is operated at low speed(LO), high speed (HI) or the fastest positionof intermittent operation

O When the parking brake is applied

O When the VDC is turned off

O When the VDC operates

SSD0284


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Warning light and display

Condition A

The buzzer sounds and the Intelligent CruiseControl system is canceled automatically inthe conditions described below. Part of thesystem display will come on or blink, making itimpossible to set.

O When the VDC is turned off.

O When the VDC operates

O When a tire slips

O When strong light (sunlight, etc.) is directly

shining on the front of the vehicle

Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off using theIntelligent Cruise Control ON/OFF Switch.Turn the ICC system back on to use thesystem.

Condition B

When the sensor window is dirty, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the ICCsystem is automatically canceled.

The buzzer sounds and the system warninglight (Orange) will come on and the set dis-tance indicators will blink.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park the vehiclein a safe place, turn the engine off. Clean thedirty sensor window with a soft cloth. Thenresume driving and complete the steps to setthe ICC system again.

SSD0264 SSD0356


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Condition C

When the ICC system is not operating prop-erly, the buzzer sounds and the system warn-ing light (Orange) will come on.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park the vehiclein a safe place. Turn the engine off. Thenresume driving and complete the steps to setthe ICC system again.

If it is not possible to set the ICC system orthe indicator stays on, this may mean thatthe system is malfunctioning. Although thevehicle is still driveable under normal con-

ditions, have the vehicle checked at anINFINITI dealer.

How to handle the sensor

The sensor for the ICC system j1 is locatedbelow the front bumper.

To keep the ICC system operating properly, besure to observe the following:

O Always keep the sensor clean.Wipe the dirty sensor window and sur-rounding parts with a soft cloth carefully soas not to damage them.

O Do not impact the areas around the sensor.Do not touch or disassemble the screwlocated on the sensor. Doing so couldcause failure or malfunction. If the sensor

SSD0360 SSD0251A


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

window or surrounding parts are damageddue to an accident, contact an authorizedINFINITI dealer.

O Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-ent material) or install an accessory nearthe sensor. This could cause failure ormalfunction.

CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED)CRUISE CONTROL MODE

This mode allows driving at a speed between25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h) without keepingyour foot on the accelerator pedal.

WARNING

O In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warningbuzzer does not sound to warn you ifyou are too close to the vehicleahead, as neither the presence of thevehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.

O Pay special attention to the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicleahead of you or a collision couldoccur.

O Always confirm the setting in the In-telligent Cruise Control system dis-play.

O Do not use the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode whendriving under the following condi-tions:

• when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at set speed.

• in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed.

• on winding or hilly roads.on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

• in very windy areas.

O Doing so could cause a loss of ve-hicle control and result in an acci-dent.

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and switch

The display is located under the tachometer.

1. Intelligent Cruise Control system display

2. ICC system warning light (Orange)The light comes on if there is a malfunctionin the ICC system.

3. ON/OFF switch indicator light (Green)Indicates that the ON/OFF switch is ON.

4. Cruise set switch indicator lightThe light comes on while the vehicle speedis controlled by the conventional (fixed

SSD0357


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

speed) cruise control mode of the ICCsystem.

5. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch:Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

6. SET/COAST switch:Sets the desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

7. ON/OFF switch:Master switch to activate the system

8. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system without erasing theset speed.

Operating conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold theON/OFF switch for longer than about 1.5 sec-onds.

When pushing the ON/OFF switch on, theIntelligent Cruise Control system display andthe CRUISE indicator light (Green) in the in-strument cluster come on. After you hold theON/OFF switch on for longer than about 1.5seconds, the Intelligent Cruise Control systemdisplay goes out. The CRUISE indicator keepslighting. You can now set your desired cruising

speed. Pushing the ON/OFF switch again willturn the system completely off.

When the ignition switch is turned off, thesystem is also automatically turned off. To usethe Intelligent Cruise Control again, push theON/OFF switch (vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode) or push and hold it (conven-tional cruise control mode) again to turn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruisecontrol, make sure to turn the ON/OFFswitch off when not using the IntelligentCruise Control.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-hicle to the desired speed, push theSET/COAST switch and release it. (The SETindicator light will come on.) Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will main-tain the set speed.

O To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the previ-ously set speed.

O The vehicle may not maintain the set speedwhen going up or down steep hills. If this

SSD0358


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

happens, drive without the IntelligentCruise Control.

To cancel the preset speed, follow eitherthree of these methods:

a) Push the CANCEL button. The SET indica-tor light will go out.

b) Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicatorlight will go out.

c) Turn the ON/OFF switch off. Both theCRUISE indicator and SET indicator lightswill go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

a) Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the SET/COAST switch.

b) Push and hold the ACCEL/RES set switch.When the vehicle attains the speed youdesire, release the switch.

c) Push, then quickly release the ACCEL/RESswitch. Each time you do this, the set speedwill increase by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

a) Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-hicle attains the desired speed, push the

SET/COAST switch and release it.

b) Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.Release the switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

c) Push, then quickly release the SET/COASTswitch. Each time you do this, the set speedwill decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehicle willresume the last set cruising speed when thevehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

Automatic cancellation

A buzzer sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically canceled.

O When the vehicle slows down over 8 MPH(13 km/h) than the set speed.

O When the vehicle speed falls below ap-proximately 20 MPH (32 km/h).

O When the selector lever is shifted to aposition other than D (Drive), including themanual shift mode.

O When the parking brake is applied.

O When the VDC operates (except ABS,which is functional with ICC system opera-tion).

Warning light

When the system is not operating properly, thebuzzer sounds and the system warning light(Orange) will come on.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park the vehiclein a safe place. Turn the engine off and thenperform the setting again.

If it is not possible to set or the indicatorstays on, it may indicate that the system ismalfunctioning. Although the vehicle is stilldriveable under normal conditions, havethe vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer.

SSD0360


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

BRAKE ASSIST

When the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated and generates a greater brakingforce than that of a conventional brake boostereven with light pedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicle atall times.

PREVIEW FUNCTION

When the Preview Function identifies the needto apply emergency braking by sensing thevehicle ahead in the same lane and the dis-tance and relative speed from it, it applies thebrake pre-pressure before the driver de-presses the brake pedal and helps improvebrake response by reducing pedal free playclearances.

O This system will not operate when the ve-

hicle is moving at approximately 20 MPH(32 km/h) or less.

O The pre-pressure function ceases when thefollowing conditions are met:

a) When the driver depresses the acceleratorpedal or the brake pedal.

b) If the driver does not operate the accelera-tor or brake pedal within approximately 1second.

O The sensor will not detect:

a) Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

b) Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

c) Motorcycles or scooters traveling offset inthe travel lane as illustrated

WARNING

O The Preview Function is only an aidto assist the driver and is not a colli-sion warning or avoidance device.

SSD0338

BRAKE ASSIST (WITH PREVIEWFUNCTION) (for Intelligent CruiseControl System equipped models)


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Although the brake operation is con-trolled by the system, it does notautomatically decelerate the vehiclespeed.It is the driver’s responsibility to stayalert, drive safely and be in control ofthe vehicle at all times.

O As there is a performance limit to thePreview Function, never rely solelyon this system. This system does notcorrect careless inattentive orabsent-minded driving, or overcomepoor visibility in rain, fog, or otherbad weather. Reduce vehicle speedby depressing the brake pedal, inorder to maintain a safe distance be-tween vehicles.

O The Preview Function may not oper-ate properly when the following con-ditions are met. The vehicle is stilldriveable under normal conditionsand the Brake Assist will operate.

a) When the sensor, which is located onthe front of the vehicle to detect ve-hicles ahead, is dirty, attaching rain-

drops, snow, dirt or strong light (forexample, at sunrise or sunset) is di-rectly shining to the front of the ve-hicle, the sensor may not detect thevehicle ahead in the same lane.

b) According to the road condition(winding road or hilly road, etc.), thevehicle condition (steering operationor driving position in a lane, etc.) andbad weather, the sensor may tempo-rarily not detect the vehicle ahead inthe same lane or may detect vehiclesor objects in other lanes.

O When the Preview Function operates,the brake pedal may move slightlyand may make a small noise. This isnot a system malfunction.

Warning light and display

When the Preview Function is not operatingproperly, the buzzer sounds and the systemwarning light (Orange) will come on.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park the vehiclein a safe place. Turn the engine off and thenperform the settings again.

If the indicator stays on, it may indicate thatthe Preview Function is malfunctioning(the brake is operative). Although the Ve-hicle is still driveable under normal condi-

SSD0339


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

tions, have the vehicle checked at anINFINITI dealer.

How to handle the sensor

The sensor for the Preview Function, that iscommon with Intelligent Cruise Control, is lo-cated below the front bumper.

To keep the Preview Function operating prop-erly, be sure to observe the following:

O Always keep the sensor clean.Wipe dirty parts with a soft cloth carefully soas not to damage them.

O Do not impact the areas around the sensor.Do not touch or disassemble the screwlocated on the sensor. Doing so couldcause failure or malfunction. If the sensorinstallation part is deformed due to an ac-cident, contact an INFINITI dealer.

O Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-ent material) or install an accessory nearthe sensor. This could cause failure ormalfunction.

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to obtainmaximum engine performance and en-sure the future reliability and economyof your new vehicle. Failure to followthese recommendations may result inshortened engine life and reduced en-gine performance.

O Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow. Do not run theengine over 4,000 rpm.

O Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

O Avoid quick starts.

O Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

O Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km).

O Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintaincruising speeds with a constant acceleratorposition.

O Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.Driving at high speed will lower fueleconomy.

O Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.Maintain a safe distance behind other ve-hicles.

O Use a proper gear range which suits roadconditions. On level roads, shift into highgear as soon as possible.

O Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

O Keep your engine tuned up.

O Follow the recommended periodic mainte-nance schedule.

O Keep the tires inflated at the correct pres-sure. Low pressure will increase tire wearand waste fuel.

O Keep the front wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment will cause not only tirewear but also lower fuel economy.

O Air conditioner operation lowers fueleconomy. Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

O When cruising at highway speeds, it is

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

more economical to use the air conditionerand leave the windows closed to reducedrag.

WARNING

O Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. They mayignite and cause a fire.

O Never leave the engine running whilethe vehicle is unattended.

O Never leave children unattended inthe vehicle.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

WARNING

O Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set and thetransmission placed into P (Park) forautomatic transmission models or inan appropriate gear for manual trans-mission models. Failure to do so

MSD0002

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

could cause the vehicle to move un-expectedly or roll away and result inan accident.

O Make sure the automatic transmis-sion selector lever has been pushedas far forward as it can go and cannotbe moved without moving the lever tothe side.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling intothe street when parked on a sloping driveway, it is a good practice to turn the wheelsas illustrated.

O HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: j1

Turn the wheels into the curb and move thevehicle forward until the curb side wheelgently touches the curb.

O HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: j2

Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

O HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: j3

Turn the wheels toward the side of the roadso the vehicle will move away from the

center of the road if it moves.

4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK positionand remove the key.

The power assisted steering is designed touse a hydraulic pump, driven by the engine, toassist steering.

If the engine stops or drive belt breaks, you willstill have control of the vehicle. However,much greater steering effort is needed, espe-cially in sharp turns or at low speeds.

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist for thesteering will not work. Steering will bemuch harder to operate.

POWER STEERING


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS

The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will stillhave braking at two wheels.

Vacuum assisted brakes

The brake booster aids braking by using en-gine vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stopthe vehicle by depressing the brake pedal.However, greater foot pressure on the brakepedal will be required to stop the vehicle andthe stopping distance will be longer.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result,your braking distance will be longer and thevehicle may pull to one side during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brake pedal toheat-up the brakes. Do this until the brakesreturn to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle athigh speeds until the brakes function correctly.

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This will cause overheating ofthe brakes, increases wear on the brake lin-ings and pads, and reduces gas mileage.

To help save the brakes and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going down aslope or long grade. Overheated brakes mayreduce braking performance and could resultin loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

O While driving on a slippery surface,be careful when braking, acceleratingor downshifting. Abrupt braking oraccelerating could cause the wheelsto skid and result in an accident.

O If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.Braking will be harder.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)

The anti-lock brake system controls the brakesat each wheel so the wheels will not lock whenbraking abruptly or when braking on slipperysurfaces. The system detects the rotationspeed at each wheel and varies the brake fluidpressure to prevent each wheel from lockingand sliding. By preventing wheel lockup, thesystem helps the driver maintain steering con-

trol and helps to minimize swerving and spin-ning on slippery surfaces.

Using the system

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stopping dis-tances.

Normal operation

The anti-lock brake system will not operate atspeeds below 3 to 6 MPH (5 to 10 km/h). Thespeeds will vary according to road conditions.When the anti-lock system senses that one ormore wheels are close to locking up, theactuator (under the hood) rapidly applies andreleases hydraulic pressure (like pumping thebrakes very quickly). While the actuator isworking, you may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise or vibration from theactuator under the hood. This is normal andindicates that the anti-lock system is workingproperly. However, the ABS operation mayindicate that road conditions are hazardousand extra care is required while driving.

BRAKE SYSTEM


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Self-test feature

The anti-lock brake system consists of elec-tronic sensors, electric pumps, and hydraulicsolenoids controlled by a computer. The com-puter has a built-in diagnostic feature that teststhe system each time you start the engine andmove the vehicle at a low speed in forward orreverse. When the self-test occurs, you mayhear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation inthe brake pedal. This is normal and is not anindication of any malfunction. If the computersenses any malfunction, it switches the anti-lock brake system OFF and turns on the ABSwarning light in the meter panel. The brakesystem will then behave normally, but withoutanti-lock assistance.

If the light comes on during the self check, orwhile you are driving, you should take yourvehicle to your INFINITI dealer for repair atyour earliest convenience.

WARNING

The anti-lock brake system is a sophis-ticated device, but it cannot prevent ac-cidents resulting from careless or dan-gerous driving techniques. It can help

maintain vehicle control during brak-ing on slippery surfaces, but remem-ber that the stopping distance onslippery surfaces will be longer thanon normal surfaces, even with theanti-lock system. Stopping distancesmay also be longer on rough, gravelor snow covered roads, or if you areusing tire chains. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you. Ultimately, the responsibilityfor safety of yourself and others restsin the hands of the driver.

Tire type and condition of tires may alsoaffect braking effectiveness.

O When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

O When installing a spare tire, makesure it is the proper size and type asspecified on the tire placard. See “Ve-hicle identification” in the “9. Techni-cal and consumer information” sec-tion for tire placard location.

When driving on slippery surfaces or suddenlyavoiding obstacles on roads, the vehicle mightswerve or slip. With the vehicle dynamic con-trol (VDC) system, sensors detect these move-ments and control the braking and engineoutput to help improve vehicle stability whiledriving.

O When the VDC system is operating, the slipindicator in the instrument panel blinks.

O When only the traction control system por-tion of the VDC system is operating, the slipindicator will also blink.

O If the slip indicator blinks, the vehicle isunder slippery conditions. Be sure to drivecarefully. See “Slip indicator light”, and“VDC off indicator light” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section.

O Indicator lightIf a malfunction occurs in the system, theSLIP and indicator lights come on inthe meter panel.As long as these warning lights are on, thetraction control function is canceled.

The VDC uses a Active Brake Limited Slip(ABLS) system to improve vehicle traction.The ABLS system works when one of thedriving wheels is spinning on a slippery sur-face. The ABLS system brakes the spinning

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL(VDC) SYSTEM


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

wheel which distributed the driving power tothe other drive wheel. If the vehicle is operatedwith the vehicle dynamic control system turnedoff, all VDC and traction control functions willbe turned off. The ABLS and ABS system willstill operate with the VDC system off. If theABLS system or the ABS system is activated,the slip indicator light will blink and you mayhear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation inthe brake pedal. This is normal.

While the VDC system is operating, you mayfeel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear anoise or vibration from under the hood. This isnormal and indicates that the VDC system isworking properly.

The computer has a built in diagnostic featurethat tests the system each time you start theengine and move the vehicle forward or inreverse at a slow speed. When the self-testoccurs, you may hear a clunk noise and/or feela pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normaland is not an indication of a malfunction.

WARNING

O The vehicle dynamic control systemis designed to help improve driving

stability but does not prevent acci-dents due to abrupt steering opera-tion at high speeds or by careless ordangerous driving techniques. Re-duce vehicle speed and be especiallycareful when driving and corneringon slippery surfaces and always drivecarefully.

O If suspension parts such as shockabsorbers, struts, springs, body rein-forcing parts (roll bar, tower bar, etc.)and bushings are not standard equip-ment or are extremely deteriorated,the vehicle dynamic control systemmay not operate properly and thevehicle dynamic control off indicatorlight may come on.

O If engine parts such as muffler, etc.are not standard equipment, the ve-hicle dynamic control system maynot operate properly and the vehicledynamic control off indicator lightmay come on.

O When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked cor-

ners, the vehicle dynamic controlsystem may not operate properly andthe vehicle dynamic control off indi-cator light may come on. Do not driveon these types of roads.

O If tires other than recommended areused, the vehicle dynamic controlsystem may not operate properly andthe vehicle dynamic control off indi-cator light may come on.

O The vehicle dynamic control systemis not a substitute for winter tires ortire chains on a snow covered road.


Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applyde-icer or glycerin to it through the key hole. Ifthe lock becomes frozen, heat the key beforeinserting it into the key hole.

ANTI-FREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated that thetemperature will drop below 32°F (0°C), checkthe anti-freeze to assure proper winter protec-tion. For additional information, see “EngineCooling System” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section.

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged during ex-tremely cold weather conditions, the batteryfluid may freeze and damage the battery. Tomaintain maximum efficiency, the batteryshould be checked regularly. For additionalinformation, see “Battery” in the “8. Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

If the vehicle is to be left outside withoutanti-freeze, drain the cooling system by open-ing the drain plug located under the radiator.Refill before operating the vehicle. See “En-gine cooling system” in the “8. Maintenance

and do-it-yourself” section for changing enginecoolant.

TIRE EQUIPMENT

1. SUMMER tires are of a tread design toprovide superior performance on dry pave-ment. However, the performance of thesetires will be substantially reduced in snowyand icy conditions. If you operate yourvehicle on snowy or icy roads, INFINITIrecommends the use of MUD & SNOW orALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.Please consult your INFINITI dealer for thetire type, size, speed rating and availabilityinformation.

2. For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some prov-inces and states prohibit their use. Checklocal, state and provincial laws before in-stalling studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

3. Tire chains may be used if desired. Makesure they are of proper size for the tires onyour vehicle and are installed according tothe chain manufacturer’s suggestions. Useof tire chains may be prohibited accordingto location. Check the local laws before

installing tire chains. When installing tirechains, make sure they are of proper sizefor the tires on your vehicle and are in-stalled according to the chain manufactur-er’s suggestions. Use only SAE Class Schains. Class “S” chains are used on ve-hicles with restricted tire to vehicle clear-ance. Vehicles that can use Class “S”chains are designed to meet the SAE stan-dard minimum clearances between the tireand the closest vehicle suspension or bodycomponent required to accommodate theuse of a winter traction device (tire chainsor cables). The minimum clearances aredetermined using the factory equipped tiresize. Other types may damage your ve-hicle. Use chain tensioners when recom-mended by the tire chain manufacturer toensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tirechain must be secured or removed to pre-vent the possibility of whipping action dam-age to the fenders or underbody. If pos-sible, avoid fully loading your vehicle whenusing tire chains. In addition, drive at areduced speed. Otherwise, your vehiclemay be damaged and/or vehicle handlingand performance may be adversely af-fected.

Never install tire chains on a T-type sparetire. Do not use tire chains on dry roads.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:

O a scraper and stiff-bristled brush to removeice and snow from the windows and wiperblades.

O a sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

O a shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

O extra window washer fluid to refill the res-ervoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

O Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave a lot less traction or grip underthese conditions. Try to avoid drivingon wet ice until the road is salted orsanded.

O Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheels willlose even more traction.

O Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

O Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

O Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patchof ice is seen ahead, brake beforereaching it. Try not to brake whileactually on the ice, and avoid anysudden steering maneuvers.

O Do not use cruise control on slipperyroads.

O Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keep snowclear of the exhaust pipe and fromaround your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

An engine block heater to assist extreme coldtemperature starting is available through yourINFINITI dealer.

WARNING

Do not use your heater with an un-grounded electrical system or two-pronged (cheater) adapters. You can beinjured by an electrical shock if you usean ungrounded connection.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

6 In case of emergency

Roadside assistance program................................... 6-2Flat tire ...................................................................... 6-2

Low tire pressure warning system ....................... 6-2Changing a flat tire ............................................... 6-3

Jump starting............................................................. 6-7Push starting ............................................................. 6-9If your vehicle overheats ......................................... 6-10Towing your vehicle ................................................ 6-11

Towing recommended by INFINITI .................... 6-11Vehicle recovery (Freeing a stuck vehicle) ........ 6-13

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Every new INFINITI comes with a 4 year,unlimited mileage Roadside Assistance plan.In the event of a roadside emergency,Roadside Assistance Service is available toyou. Please refer to your Warranty Booklet(U.S.) or Warranty & Roadside assistanceinformation booklet (Canada) for details. Boththe Warranty Booklet and RoadsideAssistance Calling Card in your Owner’sLiterature Portfolio provide the Toll-FreeNumber to call for assistance. RoadsideAssistance is provided 24 hours a day, 365days a year, for 4 years from the date sold togive emergency roadside help, in the event ofmechanical or nonmechanical trouble(s) suchas flat tires, out-of-gas, dead battery, lostkeys, mechanical breakdown, accident, etc.

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNINGSYSTEM

This vehicle is equipped with the low tirepressure warning system, which displays pres-sure of all tires (except the spare tire) on themonitor screen by sending a signal from asensor that is installed in each wheel. If thevehicle is being driven with a very low tirepressure (lower than 27 psi, 190 kPa), the lowtire pressure warning system will activate andwarn you of it by the low tire pressure warninglight or if you select the tire pressure informa-tion in the display, a WARNING (FLAT TIRE)displayed on the screen. This system willactivate only when the vehicle is driven atspeeds above 20 MPH (32 km/h). For moredetails, please refer to “Warning/indicatorlights and audible reminders” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section, “Tire pressureinformation” in the “4. Monitor, climate, audioand voice-activated control systems” sectionand “Low tire pressure warning system” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.

WARNING

O If the low tire pressure warning lightflashes or a WARNING is displayedon the monitor screen while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident andcould result in serious personal in-jury. Check the pressure of all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label to turn the low tire pres-sure warning light OFF. If the light stillcomes on while driving after adjust-ing the tire pressure, a tire may beflat. If you have a flat tire, replace itwith a spare tire as soon as possible.

O When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, tire pressure willnot be indicated and the low tire pres-

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCEPROGRAM

FLAT TIRE

6-2 In case of emergency

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

sure warning system will not func-tion. Contact your INFINITI dealer assoon as possible for tire replacementand/or system resetting.

O Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow.

Stopping the vehicle

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road awayfrom traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake. Shift the transmission into P(Park) position.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and tosignal professional road assistance person-nel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle

and stand in a safe place, away from trafficand clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

O Make sure that the parking brake issecurely applied and the manualtransmission is shifted into R (Re-verse), or the automatic transmissioninto P (Park).

O Never change tires when the vehicleis on a slope, ice or slippery areas.This is hazardous.

O Never change tires if oncoming trafficis close to your vehicle. Wait for pro-fessional road assistance.

O When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, tire pressure willnot be indicated and the low tire pres-sure warning system will not func-tion. Contact your INFINITI dealer assoon as possible for tire replacementand/or system resetting.

Blocking wheels

Place suitable blocks at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite the flattire to prevent the vehicle from rolling when it isjacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and could cause personalinjury.

MCE0001

In case of emergency 6-3

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Getting the spare tire and tools

Remove jacking tools 1 and spare tire 2 fromthe storage area located inside the trunk asillustrated.

If spacers are equipped, remove them beforeremoving the spare tire.

Removing wheel cap

CAUTION

Do not use your hands to pry off wheelcaps. Doing so could result in personalinjury.

SCE0397A SCE0481 SCE0356


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Jacking up vehicle and removing thedamaged tire

Carefully read the caution label attached tothe jack body and the following instruc-tions.

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated above so that top of thejack contacts the vehicle at the jack uppoint. Align the jack head between the twonotches in the front or the rear as shown.Also fit the groove of the jack head betweenthe notches as shown.

The jack should be used on level firmground.

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns byturning counterclockwise with the wheel nutwrench. Do not remove the wheel nutsuntil the tire is off the ground.

3. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tireclears the ground. To lift the vehicle, se-curely hold the jack lever and rod with bothhands as shown above. Remove the wheelnuts, and then remove the tire.

WARNING

O Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by the jack.

O Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not usethe jack provided with your vehicleon other vehicles.The jack is designed only for liftingyour vehicle during a tire change.

CE1089 CE1092


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

O Use the correct jack up points; neveruse any other part of the vehicle forjack support.

O Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

O Never use blocks on or under thejack.

O Do not start or run the engine whilethe vehicle is on the jack, as it maycause the vehicle to move. This isespecially true for vehicles with lim-ited slip differential.

O Do not allow passengers to stay inthe vehicle while it is on the jack.

Installing the spare tire

The spare tire is designed for emergencyuse. See specific instructions under theheading “Wheels and tires” in the “8. Main-tenance and do-it-yourself” section.

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the wheel on and tighten thewheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheelnuts alternately and evenly until they aretight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securelyin the sequence as illustrated. (j1 , j2 , j3 ,j4 , j5 ). Lower the vehicle completely.

WARNING

O Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

O Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause thenuts to become loose.

Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehiclehas been driven for 600 miles (1,000 km)(also in cases of a flat tire, etc.). As soon aspossible tighten the wheel nuts to thespecified torque with a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

80 ft-lb (108 N zm)

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure.

COLD pressure:

After the vehicle has been parked for three

SCE0039


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

hours or more or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tireand Loading Information label affixed tothe driver side center pillar or inside of therear left door opening.

For models with the low tire pressure warningsystem:

After adjusting tire pressure to the COLD tirepressure, the display of the tire pressure infor-mation may show higher pressure than theCOLD tire pressure after the vehicle has beendriven more than 1 mile (1.6 km). This isbecause the tire pressurizes as the tire tem-perature rises. This does not indicate a systemmalfunction.

5. Securely store the flat tire and jackingequipment in the vehicle.

6. Place the spare tire cover and the trunkfloor carpeting over the damaged tire.

7. Close the trunk.

WARNING

O Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properly

secured after use. Such items canbecome dangerous projectiles in anaccident or sudden stop.

O The T-type spare tire and small sizespare tire are designed for emer-gency use. See “Wheels and tires” inthe “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

If needed Roadside Assistance is available.Please see your Warranty Information Bookletor Roadside Assistance I.D. Card for the toll-free number to call (U.S.) or Warranty informa-tion booklet (Canada).

To start your engine with a booster battery, theinstructions and precautions below must befollowed.

WARNING

O If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resultingin severe injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.

O Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames away fromthe battery.

O Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, cloth orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is acorrosive sulphuric acid solutionwhich can cause severe burns. If thefluid should come into contact withanything, immediately flush the con-tacted area with water.

O Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

JUMP STARTING


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

O The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

O Whenever working on or near a bat-tery, always wear suitable eye protec-tors (for example, goggles or indus-trial safety spectacles) and removerings, metal bands, or any other jew-elry. Do not lean over the batterywhen jump starting.

O Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and causeserious injury.

O Your vehicle has an automatic enginecooling fan. It could come on at anytime. Keep hands and other objectsaway from it.

If needed Roadside Assistance is available.Please see your Warranty Information Bookletor Roadside Assistance I.D. Card for the toll-free number to call (U.S.) or Warranty informa-tion booklet (Canada). WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.

Failure to do so could result in damageto the charging system and cause per-sonal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle,position the two vehicles to bring their bat-teries into close proximity to each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply parking brake. Move the selectorlever to the P (Park) position. Switch off allunnecessary electrical systems (light,heater, air conditioner, etc.).

Turn the key OFF to turn off the engine of thevehicle with the booster battery.

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with an oldcloth to reduce explosion hazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence asillustrated.

CAUTION

O Always connect positive (+) to posi-tive (+) and negative (−) to bodyground (for example, strut mounting

SCE0399


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

bolt, etc. — not to the battery).

O Make sure that cables do not touchmoving parts in the engine compart-ment and that clamps do not contactany other metal.

5. Start the engine of the other vehicle and letit run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the other vehicleat about 2,000 rpm, and start your engine inthe normal manner.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engagedfor more than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, turn the keyoff and wait 3 to 4 seconds before tryingagain.

7. After starting your engine, carefully discon-nect the negative cable and then the posi-tive cable.

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Besure to dispose of the cloth used to cover

the vent holes as it may be contaminatedwith corrosive acid.

Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing.

CAUTION

Automatic transmission models cannotbe push started. Attempting to do somay cause transmission damage.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is available.Please see your Warranty Information Bookletor Roadside Assistance I.D. Card for the toll-free number to call (U.S.) or Warranty & Road-side assistance information booklet (Canada).

PUSH STARTING


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not continue to drive if your ve-hicle overheats. Doing so couldcause a vehicle fire.

O To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator cap whilethe engine is still hot. When the radia-tor cap is removed, pressurized hotwater will spurt out, possibly causingserious injury.

O Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading), orif you feel a lack of engine power, detectabnormal noise, etc., take the following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, applythe parking brake and move the shift leverto the P (Park) position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner switch. Open allthe windows, move the heater or air condi-tioner temperature control to maximum hot

and fan control to high speed.

3. If engine overheating is caused by climbinga long hill on a hot day, run the engine at afast idle (approximately 1,500 rpm) until thetemperature gauge indication returns tonormal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radiatorbefore opening the hood. Wait until nosteam or coolant can be seen before pro-ceeding.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

6. Visually check if the cooling fan is running.The radiator hoses and radiator should notleak water.

If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan doesnot run, stop the engine.

WARNING

O Be careful not to allow your hands,hair, jewelry or clothing to come intocontact with, or to get caught in thecooling fan, or drive belt.

O The engine cooling fan can start atany time when the coolant tempera-ture is high.

7. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank with theengine running. Add coolant to the reservoirtank if necessary. Have your vehicle re-paired at the nearest INFINITI dealer.


IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincialin Canada) and local regulations for towingmust be followed. Incorrect towing equipmentcould damage your vehicle. Towing instruc-tions are available from an INFINITI dealer.Local service operators are generally familiarwith the applicable laws and procedures fortowing. To assure proper towing and to pre-vent accidental damage to your vehicle,INFINITI recommends having a service opera-tor tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have theservice operator carefully read the followingprecautions.

WARNING

O Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

O Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

O When towing, make sure that thetransmission, axles, steering system

and powertrain are in working condi-tion. If any unit is damaged, dolliesmust be used.

O Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

For information about towing your vehicle be-hind a recreational vehicle (RV), refer to “Flattowing” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.


TOWING RECOMMENDED BYINFINITIINFINITI recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (rear) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truckas illustrated.

SCE0386

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O Never tow automatic transmissionmodels with the rear wheels on the

ground or four wheels on the ground(forward or backward) as this maycause serious and expensive damageto the transmission.If it is necessary to tow the vehiclewith the front wheels raised, alwaysuse towing dollies under the rearwheels.

O When towing rear wheel drive modelswith the front wheels on the groundor on towing dollies:

Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi-tion, and secure the steering wheel ina straight ahead position with a ropeor similar device. Never secure thesteering wheel by turning the ignitionkey to the LOCK position. This maydamage the steering lock mecha-nism.

SCE0387A SCE0400


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

VEHICLE RECOVERY (Freeing astuck vehicle)

WARNING

O Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

O Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explodeand result in serious injury. Parts ofyour vehicle could also overheat andbe damaged.

CAUTION

O Tow chains or cables must be at-tached only to the main structuralmembers of the vehicle.

O Use the towing hook only, not otherparts of the vehicle. Otherwise, thevehicle body will be damaged.

O Use the towing hook only to free avehicle stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc. Never tow a vehicle for a longdistance using only the tow hook.

O The towing hook is under tremen-dous force when used to free a stuckvehicle. Always pull the cable straightout from the front of the vehicle.Never pull on the vehicle at an angle.

O Pulling devices should be routed sothey do not touch any part of thesuspension, steering, brake or cool-ing systems.

O Pulling devices such as ropes or can-vas straps are not recommended foruse in vehicle towing or recovery.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior ....................................................... 7-2Washing................................................................ 7-2Waxing.................................................................. 7-2Removing spots.................................................... 7-3Underbody ............................................................ 7-3Glass .................................................................... 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels......................................... 7-3Chrome parts........................................................ 7-3

Cleaning interior ........................................................ 7-3

Floor mats ............................................................ 7-4Seat belts ............................................................. 7-4

Corrosion protection.................................................. 7-5Most common factors contributing to vehiclecorrosion............................................................... 7-5Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion............................................................... 7-5To protect your vehicle from corrosion ................ 7-5

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

To protect the paint surfaces, please washyour vehicle as soon as you can:

O After a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain

O After driving on coastal roads

O When contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugsget on the paint surface

O When dust or mud builds up on the surface

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHING

Thoroughly rinse surface dirt off the vehiclewith a wet sponge and plenty of clean water.Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soapsuch as Nissan Car Wash, or a general pur-pose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean,lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION

O Do not use strong household soap,strong chemical detergents, gasolineor solvents.

O Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle body ishot, as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

O Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so that the paint surface isnot scratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerableto the effects of road salt. Therefore, theseareas must be regularly cleaned. Make surethat the drain holes in the lower edge of thedoor are open. Spray water under the bodyand in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt andwash away road salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surfaceby using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

WAXING

Regular waxing protects the paint surface andhelps retain new vehicle appearance. Afterwaxing, polishing is recommended to removebuilt-up residue and to avoid a weatheredappearance.

If you wish to wax your vehicle, only use a waxspecified for use over clear coats, such asNissan Liquid or Spray Wax. Your INFINITIdealer can assist you in choosing the properproduct.

O Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions suppliedwith the wax.

O Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,cutting compounds or cleaners that maydamage the vehicle finish.

O If the surface does not polish easily, use aroad tar remover and wax again.

Machine compounding or aggressive pol-ishing on a base coat/clear coat paint finishmay dull the finish or leave swirl marks.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

REMOVING SPOTS

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, in-sects, and tree sap as quickly as possible fromthe surface of the paint to avoid lasting dam-age or staining. Special cleaning products areavailable at your INFINITI dealer or any auto-motive accessory store.

UNDERBODY

In areas where road salt is used in winter, theunderbody must be cleaned regularly. This willprevent dirt and salt from building up andcausing underbody and suspension corrosion.Before the winter period and again in thespring, the underseal must be checked and, ifnecessary, re-treated.

GLASS

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dustfilm from the glass surfaces. It is normal forglass to become coated with a film after thevehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleanerand a soft cloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the window,do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasive

cleaners or chlorine based disinfectantcleaners. They could damage the elec-trical conductors, radio antenna ele-ments or rear window defogger ele-ments.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS

Wash regularly, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used. Saltcould discolor the wheel if not removed.

CHROME PARTS

Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

Occasionally remove loose dust from the inte-rior trim, plastic parts and seats using avacuum cleaner or soft brush. Wipe the vinyland leather surfaces with a clean, soft clothdampened in mild soap solution, then wipeclean with a dry soft cloth. Before using anyfabric protector, read the manufacturer’s rec-ommendations. Some fabric protectors con-tain chemicals that may stain or bleach theseat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, toclean the meter and gauge lens.

CAUTION

O Never use gasoline, thinner, or anysimilar material.

O The leather seats should be regularlycoated with a leather wax like saddlesoap. Never use car wax.

O Never use fabric protectors unlessrecommended by the manufacturer.

O Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It maydamage the lens cover.

CLEANING INTERIOR

Appearance and care 7-3

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

FLOOR MATS

The use of Genuine INFINITI floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet and makeit easier to clean the interior. No matter whatmats are used, be sure they are fitted foryour vehicle and are properly positioned inthe footwell to prevent interference withpedal operation. Mats should be maintainedwith regular cleaning and replaced if theybecome excessively worn.

Floor mat positioning aid(driver’s side only)

This model includes a front floor mat bracket toact as a floor mat positioning aid. INFINITIfloor mats have been specially designed foryour vehicle model. The driver’s side floor mathas a grommet hole in it. Simply position themat by placing the floor mat bracket throughthe floor mat grommet hole while centering themat in the floorpan contour.

Periodically check to make certain that themats are properly positioned.

SEAT BELTS

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soap solu-tion. Allow the belts to dry completely beforeusing them.

WARNING

Do not allow wet belts to roll up in theretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, orchemical solvents since these may se-verely weaken the seat belt webbing.

SAI0012


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION:

O The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirtand debris in body panel sections, cavities,and other areas.

O Damage to paint and other protective coat-ings caused by gravel and stone chips orminor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSION:

Moisture

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry com-pletely inside the vehicle, and should be re-moved for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Relative humidity

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing andwhere atmospheric pollution exists and roadsalt is used.

Temperature

A temperature increase will accelerate the rateof corrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

Air pollution

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in theair in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use willaccelerate the corrosion process. Road saltwill also accelerate the disintegration of paintsurfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLEFROM CORROSION:

O Wash and wax your vehicle often to keepthe vehicle clean.

O Always check for minor damage to the paintand repair it as soon as possible.

O Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doorsopen to avoid water accumulation.

O Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with wateras soon as possible.

CAUTION

O NEVER remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner orbroom.

O Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic com-ponents inside the vehicle as thismay damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corro-sion and deterioration of underbody compo-nents such as the exhaust system, fuel andbrake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fend-ers.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust and cor-rosion, which may be required in some areas,consult your local INFINITI dealer.

CORROSION PROTECTION

Appearance and care 7-5

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirements........................................ 8-2General maintenance................................................ 8-2

Explanation of maintenance items ....................... 8-3Maintenance precautions .......................................... 8-5Engine compartment check locations ....................... 8-7Engine cooling system .............................................. 8-8

Checking engine coolant level ............................. 8-8Changing engine coolant ..................................... 8-9

Engine oil ................................................................ 8-10Checking engine oil level ................................... 8-10Changing engine oil ........................................... 8-11Changing engine oil filter ................................... 8-12

Automatic transmission fluid ................................... 8-13Power steering fluid ................................................ 8-13Cooling fan fluid ...................................................... 8-13Brake fluid ............................................................... 8-14Window washer fluid ............................................... 8-14Battery ..................................................................... 8-15

Jump starting...................................................... 8-16Drive belts ............................................................... 8-16Spark plugs ............................................................. 8-17

Replacing spark plugs........................................ 8-17

Air cleaner ............................................................... 8-17Windshield wiper blades ......................................... 8-18

Cleaning ............................................................. 8-18Replacing............................................................ 8-19

Parking brake and brake pedal............................... 8-20Checking parking brake ..................................... 8-20Checking brake pedal ........................................ 8-20Brake booster ..................................................... 8-21

Fuses....................................................................... 8-21Engine compartment .......................................... 8-21Passenger compartment .................................... 8-22

Electronic key battery replacement......................... 8-22Battery replacement ........................................... 8-22

Lights....................................................................... 8-24Headlights........................................................... 8-25Exterior and interior lights .................................. 8-26

Wheels and tires ..................................................... 8-29Tire pressure ...................................................... 8-29Tire labeling........................................................ 8-31Types of tires...................................................... 8-33Tire chains.......................................................... 8-33Changing wheels and tires................................. 8-34

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Your new INFINITI has been designed to haveminimum maintenance requirements withlonger service intervals to save you both timeand money. However, some day-to-day andregular maintenance is essential to maintainyour INFINITI’s fine mechanical condition, aswell as its emission and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make surethat the specified maintenance and the gen-eral maintenance are performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receives theproper maintenance care. You are a vital linkin the maintenance chain.

Scheduled maintenance:

For your convenience, both required and op-tional scheduled maintenance items are de-scribed and listed in your “INFINITI Serviceand Maintenance Guide”. You must refer tothat guide to ensure that necessary mainte-nance is performed on your INFINITI at regularintervals.

General maintenance:

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential for propervehicle operation. It is your responsibility to

perform these maintenance procedures regu-larly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-quires minimal mechanical skill and only a fewgeneral automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done byyou, a qualified technician, or, if you prefer, anINFINITI dealer.

Where to go for service:

If maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have the sys-tems checked and serviced by an INFINITIdealer.

INFINITI technicians are well-trained special-ists and are kept up to date with the latestservice information through technical bulletins,service tips, and in-dealership information sys-tems. They are completely qualified to work onINFINITI vehicles before work begins.

You can be confident that your INFINITIdealer’s service department performs the bestjob to meet the maintenance requirements onyour vehicle — in a reliable and economicway.

During the normal day-to-day operation of thevehicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section.If you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations orsmell, be sure to check for the cause or haveyour INFINITI dealer perform it promptly. Inaddition, you should notify your INFINITIdealer if you think the repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, closely observe the “Maintenance pre-cautions” later in this section.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCEITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in this section.

Outside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that all doorsand the engine hood operate properly. Alsoensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricatehinges and latches if necessary. Make surethat the secondary latch keeps the hood fromopening when the primary latch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication fre-quently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and otherlights are all operating properly and installedsecurely. Also check headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts): When checkingthe tires, make sure no wheel nuts are miss-ing, and check for any loose wheel nuts.Tighten if necessary.

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge oftenand always prior to long distance trips. Ifnecessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,including the spare, to the specified pressure.Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessivewear.

Tire rotation*:Sedan: The tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km) to minimize tire wearvariation.

Tire, wheel alignment and balance: If thevehicle should pull to either side while drivingon a straight and level road, or if you detectuneven or abnormal tire wear, there may be aneed for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normalhighway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

O For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada)in the Warranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regu-lar basis. Check the windshield at least everysix months for cracks or other damage. Have adamaged windshield repaired by a qualifiedrepair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracks

or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Inside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming periodic maintenance, cleaning thevehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort. Keepthe floor mat away from the pedal.

Automatic transmission P (Park) mecha-nism: On a fairly steep hill check that yourvehicle is held securely with the selector leverin the P (Park) position without applying anybrakes.

Brake pedal and booster*: Check the pedalfor smooth operation and make sure it has theproper distance under it when depressed fully.Check the brake booster function. Be sure tokeep the floor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Parking brake*: Check that the lever has theproper travel and confirm that your vehicle isheld securely on a fairly steep hill with only theparking brake applied.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to en-

sure they operate smoothly and that all latcheslock securely in every position. Check that thehead restraints move up and down smoothlyand that the locks (if so equipped) hold se-curely in all latched positions.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat beltsystem (For example, buckles, anchors, ad-justers and retractors) operate properly andsmoothly, and are installed securely. Checkthe belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear ordamage.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive freeplay, hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure thatall warning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properly andin sufficient quantity when operating the heateror air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly andthat the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (For example, each time

you check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.It should be between the MAX and MIN lines.Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brakefluid levels are between the MAX and MINlines on the reservoir.

Cooling fan fluid level* and lines: Check thelevel when the fluid is cold and the engine isturned off. Check the lines for proper attach-ment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that no belt isfrayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level after park-ing the vehicle on a level location and turningoff the engine. (Wait at least 15 minutes for theoil to drain back into the oil pan.)

Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If the sound ofthe exhaust seems unusual or there is a smellof exhaust fumes, immediately locate thetrouble and correct it. See “Precautions whenstarting and driving” in the “5. Starting and


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

driving” section for exhaust gas (Carbon mon-oxide).

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehiclehas been parked for a while. Water drippingfrom the air conditioner after use is normal. Ifyou should notice any leaks or if gasolinefumes are evident, check for the cause andhave it corrected immediately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines: Checkthe level when the fluid is cold and the engineis turned off. Check the lines for proper attach-ment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,etc., that may have accumulated. Make surethe hoses have no cracks, deformation, dete-rioration or loose connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-posed to corrosive substances such as thoseused on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryimportant to remove these substances, other-wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuellines and around the exhaust system. At theend of winter, the underbody should be thor-oughly flushed with plain water, being carefulto clean those areas where mud and dirt mayaccumulate. For additional information, see

“Cleaning exterior” in the “7. Appearance andcare” section.

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that thereis adequate fluid in the tank.

When performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always take careto prevent serious accidental injury to yourselfor damage to the vehicle. The following aregeneral precautions which should be closelyobserved.

WARNING

O Park the vehicle on a level surface,apply the parking brake securely andblock the wheels to prevent the ve-hicle from moving. Move the selectorlever to P (Park) position.

O Be sure the ignition key is OFF orLOCK when performing any parts re-placement or repairs.

O If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, clothing,hair and tools away from movingfans, belts and any other movingparts.

O It is advised to secure or remove anyloose clothing and any jewelry, suchas rings, watches, etc. before work-ing on your vehicle.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

O Always wear eye protection when-ever you work on your vehicle.

O If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage, besure there is proper ventilation forexhaust gases to escape.

O Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it is nec-essary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

O Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from fuel and the bat-tery.

O The fuel filter or fuel lines should beserviced by an INFINITI dealer be-cause the fuel lines are under highpressure even when the engine is off.

CAUTION

O Do not work under the hood while theengine is hot. Turn off the engine andwait until it cools down.

O Never connect or disconnect eitherthe battery or any transistorized com-ponent connector while the ignitionkey is on.

O Never leave the engine or the auto-matic transmission related compo-nent harness connector discon-nected while the ignition key is on.

O Avoid direct contact with used engineoil and coolant. Improperly disposedengine oil, engine coolant and/orother vehicle fluids can hurt the envi-ronment. Always conform to localregulations for disposal of vehiclefluid.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion gives instructions regarding only thoseitems which are relatively easy for an owner toperform.

A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is alsoavailable. See “Owner’s Manual/ServiceManual order information” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section.

You should be aware that incomplete or im-proper servicing may result in operating diffi-

culties or excessive emissions, and could af-fect your warranty coverage. If in doubt aboutany servicing, have it done by your INFINITIdealer.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

1. Fuse/fusible link holder

2. Engine coolant reservoir

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Cooling fan fluid reservoir

5. Brake fluid reservoir

6. Battery

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

8. Power steering fluid reservoir

9. Radiator filler cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Air cleaner

SDI1409

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze coolant solution. The anti-freeze solu-tion contains rust and corrosion inhibitors,therefore additional cooling system additivesare not necessary.

CAUTION

When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSAN LongLife Anti-freeze/Coolant or equivalentwith the proper mixture ratio of 50%anti-freeze and 50% demineralizedwater/distilled water. The use of othertypes of coolant solutions may damageyour engine cooling system.

Outside temperaturedown to Anti-

freeze

Deminer-alizedwater/

distilledwater°C °F

−35 −30 50% 50%

WARNING

O Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator. Waituntil the engine and radiator cooldown.

O See “If your vehicle overheats” in the“6. In case of emergency” section.

O The radiator is equipped with a pres-sure cap. To prevent engine damage,use only a genuine NISSAN radiatorcap.

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoir tankwhen the engine is cold . If the coolant level isbelow MIN, add coolant up to the MAX level. Ifthe reservoir tank is empty, check the coolantlevel in the radiator when the engine is cold.If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator, fillthe radiator with coolant up to the filler openingand also add it to the reservoir tank up to theMAX level.

If the engine cooling system frequentlyrequires coolant, have it checked by yourINFINITI dealer.

SDI1304

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

O Major cooling system repairs should beperformed by your INFINITI dealer. Theservice procedures can be found in theappropriate INFINITI Service Manual.

O Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

O To avoid being scalded, never changethe coolant when the engine is hot.

O Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator.

O Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaner

as soon as possible.

O Keep coolant out of reach of childrenand pets.

1. Open radiator drain plug at the bottom ofradiator, and remove radiator filler cap.

O Be careful not to allow coolant to con-tact drive belts.

O Waste coolant must be disposed ofproperly. Check your local regulations.

2. Close the radiator drain plug securely afterthe coolant is drained.

3. Fill the radiator slowly with the proper mix-ture of anti-freeze solution and demineral-ized water/distilled water. Fill the reservoirtank up to the MAX level. Then install theradiator filler cap.

4. Start the engine and warm it up until itreaches normal operating temperature.Then race the engine 2 or 3 times under noload. Watch the engine coolant tempera-ture gauge for signs of overheating.

5. Stop the engine. After it completely coolsdown, refill the radiator up to the filleropening. Fill the reservoir tank up to the

SDI1256 SDI1351


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

MAX level. Check the drain plug for anysign of leakage.

6. Recheck the coolant level after the vehiclehas been driven for a day.

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 15minutes for the oil to drain back into theoil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check theoil level. It should be between the H and Lmarks. If the oil level is below the L mark,remove the oil filler cap and pour recom-mended oil through the opening. Do notoverfill.

6. Recheck oil level with dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the severityof operating conditions.

SDI1240 SDI1410

ENGINE OIL


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating with insufficient amount of oilcan damage the engine, and such dam-age is not covered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 15minutes.

4. Place a large drain pan under the drainplug.

5. Remove the oil filler cap.

6. Remove the drain plug with a wrench andcompletely drain the oil.

If oil filter is to be changed, remove andreplace it at this time. See later in “Engineoil” for changing engine oil filter.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

O Waste oil must be disposed of properly.

O Check your local regulations.

7. Clean and re-install the drain plug with anew washer. Securely tighten the drain plugwith a wrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:

22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 N zm)

Do not use excessive force.

8. Refill engine with recommended oil andinstall the cap securely.

See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section for drain and

SDI1241


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

refill capacity. The drain and refill capacitydepends on the oil temperature and draintime. Use these specifications for referenceonly. Always use the dipstick to determinethe proper amount of oil in the engine.

9. Start the engine.

Check for leakage around the drain plug.Correct as required.

10.Turn the engine off and wait more than 15minutes. Check the oil level with the dip-stick. Add engine oil if necessary.

11.Dispose of waste oil properly.

WARNING

O Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin can-cer.

O Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

O Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Turn the engine off.

3. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench.Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil may be hot.

4. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surfacewith a clean rag.

Be sure to remove any old rubber gasketremaining on the mounting surface of theengine.

5. Coat the rubber gasket on the new filterwith clean engine oil.

6. Screw in the oil filter until a slight resistanceis felt, then tighten additionally more than2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:

11 to 15 ft-lb(14.7 to 20.7 N zm)

7. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the oil filter. Correct as required.

8. Turn the engine off and wait more than 15minutes. Check the oil level. Add engine oilif necessary.

SDI1242


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

When checking or replacement is required, werecommend your INFINITI dealer for servicing.

CAUTION

O Use only Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF.Do not mix with other fluids.

O Using automatic transmission fluidother than Nissan Genuine ATF MaticFluid J will cause deterioration indriveability and automatic transmis-sion durability, and may damage theautomatic transmission, which is notcovered by the INFINITI new vehiclelimited warranty.

The specified automatic transmission fluid isalso described on caution labels located in theengine compartment.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir tank.

The fluid level should be checked using theHOT range at fluid temperatures of 122 to176°F (50 to 80°C) or using the COLD range atfluid temperatures of 32 to 86°F (0 to 30°C).

CAUTION

O Do not overfill.

O Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equiva-lent.

Check the fluid level.

The fluid level should be checked using theHOT range on the dipstick at fluid tempera-tures of 122 to 176°F (50 to 80°C) or using theCOLD range on the dipstick at fluid tempera-tures of 32 to 86°F (0 to 30°C).

CAUTION

O Do not overfill.

O Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equiva-lent.

SDI1244 DI1180MC

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONFLUID

POWER STEERING FLUID COOLING FAN FLUID


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluidis below the MIN line or the brake warning lightcomes on, add Genuine NISSAN Super HeavyDuty Brake or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to theMAX line. If fluid must be added frequently, thesystem should be thoroughly checked by yourINFINITI dealer.

WARNING

Use only new fluid. Old, inferior, or con-taminated fluid may damage the brakesystem. Do not add synthetic brake

fluid. The use of improper fluids candamage the brake system and affect thevehicle’s stopping ability.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. If fluidis spilled, wash with water.

Add fluid when the low washer fluid warninglight comes on. Add a washer solvent to thewater for better cleaning. In the winter season,add a windshield washer anti-freeze. Followthe manufacturer’s instructions for the mixtureratio.

WARNING

Anti-freeze is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containersout of the reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to the paint.

SDI0544

BRAKE FLUID WINDOW WASHER FLUID


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

O Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Anycorrosion should be washed off with asolution of baking soda and water.

O Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

O If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days orlonger, disconnect the (—) negative batteryterminal cable to prevent discharging it.

WARNING

O Do not expose the battery to flamesor electrical sparks. Hydrogen gasgenerated by battery action is explo-sive. Do not allow battery fluid tocontact your skin, eyes, fabrics, orpainted surfaces. After touching abattery or battery cap, do not touch orrub your eyes. Thoroughly wash yourhands. If you get acid on your eyes,skin or clothing, immediately flushwith water for at least 15 minutes andseek medical attention.

O Do not operate the vehicle if the bat-tery fluid is low. Low battery fluid cancause a higher load on the battery

which can generate heat, reduce bat-tery life, and in some cases lead to anexplosion.

O When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

O Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands after han-dling.

O Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

Check the fluid level in each cell. It should bebetween the UPPER LEVEL j1 and LOWERLEVEL j2 lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilledwater to bring the level to the indicator in eachfiller opening. Do not overfill.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

1. Remove the cell plugs jA .

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVELline j1 .

3. Tighten cell plugs.

DI0137MA

BATTERY


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

JUMP STARTING

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump start-ing” in the “6. In case of emergency” section. Ifthe engine does not start by jump starting, thebattery may have to be replaced. Contact yourINFINITI dealer.

1. Water pump

2. Alternator

3. Crankshaft pulley

4. Power steering fluid pump

5. Air conditioner compressor

WARNING

Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF orLOCK position. The engine could rotateunexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs of un-usual wear, cuts, fraying, oil adhesion orlooseness. If the belt is in poor condition orloose, have it replaced or adjusted by yourINFINITI dealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly for condi-tion and tension in accordance with themaintenance schedule in the INFINITI Ser-vice and Maintenance Guide.

SDI1480 SDI1411

DRIVE BELTS


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switchare off and that the parking brake isengaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

If replacement is required, see your INFINITIdealer for servicing.

Platinum-tipped spark plugs

It is not necessary to replace the platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently as the con-ventional type spark plugs since they will lastmuch longer. Follow the maintenance sched-ule but, do not reuse them by cleaning orregapping.

Always replace with recommendedplatinum-tipped spark plugs.

The filter element should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the mainte-nance intervals. See the INFINITI Service andMaintenance Guide. When replacing the filter,wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing andthe cover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

O Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleaner

SDI0145 SDI1247

SPARK PLUGS AIR CLEANER


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

not only cleans the air, it stops flamesif the engine backfires. If it is notthere, and the engine backfires, youcould be burned. Do not drive withthe air cleaner removed and be care-ful when working on the engine withthe air cleaner removed.

O Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyor attempt to start the engine with theair cleaner removed. Doing so couldresult in serious injury.

CAUTION

O After wiper blade replacement, returnthe wiper arm to its original position.

Otherwise it may be damaged whenthe engine hood is opened.

O Make sure the wiper blade contactsthe glass, otherwise the arm may bedamaged from wind pressure.

O Worn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may be onthe blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not form whenrinsing with clear water.

Clean the blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild deter-

gent. Then rinse the blade with clear water. Ifyour windshield is still not clear after cleaningthe blades and using the wiper, replace theblades.

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

REPLACING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Pull the wiper arm.

2. Push the lock pin, then remove the wiperblade.

3. Insert the new wiper blade to the wiper armuntil a click sounds.

If necessary, clean the windshield washernozzle with a needle or small pin.

DI1018M

SDI1136


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

CHECKING PARKING BRAKE

From the released position, depress the park-ing brake pedal slowly and firmly, and checkthe distance between the initial and final posi-tion of the pedal. If it is out of the range shownabove, see your INFINITI dealer.

CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

With the engine running, check the distancebetween the upper surface of the pedal andthe metal floor. If it is out of the range shownabove, see your INFINITI dealer.

Self-adjusting brakes

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time thebrake pedal is applied.

WARNING

See your INFINITI dealer and have itchecked if the brake pedal height doesnot return to normal.

Brake pad wear indicators

The disc brake pads on your vehicle haveaudible wear indicators. When a brake padrequires replacement, it will make a highpitched scraping or screeching sound whenthe vehicle is in motion whether or not thebrake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the wear indi-cator sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions, oc-casional brake squeak, squeal or other noisemay be heard. Occasional brake noise duringlight to moderate stops is normal and does notaffect the function or performance of the brakesystem.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information, seethe INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide.

SDI1391A DI1020MJ

PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKEPEDAL


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

BRAKE BOOSTER

Check the brake booster function as follows:

1. With the engine off, press and release thebrake pedal several times. When brakepedal movement (distance of travel) re-mains the same from one pedal applicationto the next, continue on to the next step.

2. While depressing the brake pedal, start theengine. The pedal height should drop alittle.

3. With the brake pedal depressed, stop theengine. Keeping the pedal depressed forabout 30 seconds, the pedal height shouldnot change.

4. Run the engine for one minute withoutdepressing the brake pedal, then turn it off.Depress the brake pedal several times. Thepedal travel distance will decrease gradu-ally with each depression as the vacuum isreleased from the booster.

If the brakes do not operate properly, see yourINFINITI dealer.

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or cause a fire.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition key and headlightswitch are OFF.

2. Open the engine hood and remove thecover on the battery and the fuse/fusiblelink holder.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder cover.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

5. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

SDI1488

FUSES


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by yourINFINITI dealer.

Fusible links

If any electrical equipment does not operateand fuses are in good condition, check thefusible links. If any of these fusible links aremelted, replace only with genuine NISSANparts.

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition key and the headlightswitch are OFF.

2. Open the fuse box lid.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by yourINFINITI dealer.

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Remove the emergency key and the screwfrom the electronic key.

SDI1412

SPA1267

ELECTRONIC KEY BATTERYREPLACEMENT


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

2. Remove the outer case.

3. Open the inner case using a suitable tool.

4. Replace the battery with a new one.Recommended battery: CR2025 or equiva-lent

Make sure that the ! side faces the bottomof the case.

5. Close the inner case securely.

6. Assemble the outer case.

7. Press the key button two or three times tocheck its operation.

See your INFINITI dealer if you need anyassistance for replacement.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step s 5 - 7to check its operation.

O Be careful not to touch the circuit boardand the battery terminal.

O An improperly disposed battery canharm the environment. Always confirmlocal regulations for battery disposal.

O The electronic key is water resistant;however, if it gets wet, immediately wipeit completely dry.

O When changing batteries, do not let dustor oil get on the electronic key.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compliancecould void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) This de-vice may not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept any inter-ference received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation of thedevice.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

1. Headlight (high and low-beam)

2. Front turn signal light and parking light

3. Front personal light

4. Rear personal light

5. Front fog light

6. Front side marker light

7. Side turn signal light (LED)

8. Step light

9. Trunk light

10. High-mounted stop light

11. License plate light

12. Back-up light

13. Rear turn signal light

14. Rear side marker light

15. Stop/Tail light

SDI1413

LIGHTS


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

HEADLIGHTS

Replacing

If replacement is required, see an INFINITIdealer.

Xenon headlight bulb:

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt to modifyor disassemble the headlight assembly.Always have your xenon headlights re-placed at an INFINITI dealer. For addi-tional information, see “Headlight andturn signal switch” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section.

Halogen headlight bulb:

The headlight is a semi-sealed beam typewhich uses a replaceable headlight (halogen)bulb. A bulb can be replaced from under theengine compartment without removing theheadlight assembly.

CAUTION

O High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulbmay break if the glass envelope isscratched or the bulb is dropped.

O When handling the bulb, do not touchthe glass envelope.

O Do not touch the bulb.

O Use the same number and wattage asoriginally installed:Bulb no. D2R - Low-beam

HB3 (50W) - High-beam

O Do not leave the bulb out of the head-light reflector for a long period of timeas dust, moisture, and smoke mayenter the headlight body and affectthe performance of the headlight.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Front turn signal/Parking light* 27/8 —

Front side marker light* 3.8 T10

Front fog light 55 H3

Rear combination light

Turn signal 21 T20

Stop/Tail 21/5 T20

Rear side marker light 3.8 T10

Back-up light 18 T16

License plate light 5 T10

High-mounted stop light 18 T16

Front personal light

Spot light 8 —

Console light 1.4 —

Rear personal light 8 —

Step light 2.7 —

Trunk light 3.4 158

Vanity mirror light 1.4 —

*: See an INFINITI dealer for replacement.

Replacement procedures

All other lights are either type A, B, C or D.When replacing a bulb, first remove the lensand/or cover.

MDI0006


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

SDI1590 SDI1415


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

SDI1416 SDI1417

SDI0333

SDI1258


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

TIRE PRESSURETire inflation pressureCheck the tire pressures (including the spare)often and always prior to long distance trips.The recommended tire pressure specificationsare shown on the Tire and Loading Informationlabel under the “Recommended Cold Tire In-flation Pressure” heading. The Tire and Load-ing Information label is affixed to the driverside center pillar or inside of the rear left dooropening. Tire pressures should be checkedregularly because:

O Most tires naturally lose air over time.

O Tires can lose air suddenly when drivenover potholes or other objects or if thevehicle strikes a curb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checked whenthe tires are cold. The tires are consideredCOLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6km) at moderate speeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including under in-flation, may adversely affect tire life andvehicle handling.

WARNING

O Improperly inflated tires can fail sud-denly and cause an accident.

O The vehicle weight capacity is indi-cated on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label. Do not load your vehiclebeyond this capacity. Overloadingyour vehicle may result in reducedtire life, unsafe operating conditionsdue to premature tire failure, or unfa-vorable handling characteristics andcould also lead to a serious accident.Loading beyond the specified capac-ity may also result in a malfunction ofother vehicle components.

O Before taking a long trip, or wheneveryou heavily load your vehicle, use atire pressure gauge to ensure that thetire pressures are at the specifiedlevel.

O Do not drive your vehicle over 85MPH (137 km/h) unless it is equippedwith high-speed rated tires. Drivingfaster than 85 MPH (137 km/h) may

result in tire malfunction, loss of con-trol and possible injury.

O For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety In-formation” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation Booklet.

Low tire pressure warning system

This vehicle is equipped with a low tire pres-sure warning system, which displays the tirepressure of all tires (except the spare tire) onthe monitor screen by sending a signal from asensor that is installed in each wheel. Formore details, refer to “Low tire pressure warn-ing light” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section, “Tire pressure information” in the “4.Monitor, climate, audio and voice-activatedcontrol systems” section, “Low tire pressurewarning system” in the “starting and driving”section, and “Flat tire” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section. If the tire pressure dis-played on the monitor screen is lower than theCOLD tire pressure shown on the tire placard,check the tire pressure of all four wheels andadjust them to the COLD tire pressure asindicated above. The low tire pressure warningsystem will activate only when the vehicle is

WHEELS AND TIRES


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

driven at speeds above 20 MPH (32 km/h).

Tire and loading information label

j1 Seating capacity: The maximum number ofoccupants that can be seated in the vehicle.

j2 Vehicle load limit: See loading informationin the Technical and consumer informationsection.

j3 Original tire size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicle at thefactory.

SDI1574


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

j4 Recommended cold tire inflation pressure:Inflate the tires to this pressure when thetires are cold. Tires are considered COLDafter the vehicle has been parked for 3 ormore hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6km) at moderate speeds. The recom-mended cold tire inflation is set by themanufacturer to provide the best balance oftire wear, vehicle handling, driveability, tirenoise, etc, up to the vehicle’s GVWR.

j5 Tire size — refer to “Tire labeling” later inthis section.

j6 and j7 Spare tire size or compact sparetire size (if so equipped)

Checking the tire pressure

1. Remove the valve stem cap from the tire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarely onto thevalve stem. Do not press too hard or forcethe valve stem sideways, or air will escape.If the hissing sound of air escaping from thetire is heard while checking the pressure,reposition the gauge to eliminate this leak-age.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge stemand compare it to the specification shownon the Tire and Loading Information label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too much airis added, press the core of the valve stembriefly with the tip of the gauge stem torelease pressure. Recheck the pressureand add or release air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all other tires, includ-ing the spare. (Refer to the “Wheels andtires” section)

TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufacturers toplace standardized information on the sidewallof all tires. This information identifies anddescribes the fundamental characteristics ofthe tire and also provides the tire identificationnumber (TIN) for safety standard certification.The TIN can be used to identify the tire in caseof a recall in case of recall.

j1 Tire size (example: P215/60R16 94H)P: The “P” indicates the tire is designed forpassenger vehicles.(Not all tires have this information.)Three-digit number (215): This numbergives the width in millimeters of the tire fromsidewall edge to sidewall edge.Two-digit number (60): This number, knownas the aspect ratio, gives the tire’s ratio ofheight to width.R: The “R” stands for radial.Two-digit number (16): This number is thewheel or rim diameter in inches.Two- or three-digit number (94): This num-ber is the tire’s load index. It is a measure-

SDI1575


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

ment of how much weight each tire cansupport. You may not find this informationon all tires because it is not required by law.

H: Speed Rating. The speed rating denotesthe speed at which a tire is designed to bedriven for extended periods of time. Theratings range from 98 miles per hour (MPH)to 186 MPH. (You may not find this infor-mation on all tires because it is not requiredby law.)

j2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for new tire(example: DOT XX XX XXX XXXX)DOT: Abbreviation for the “Department of

Transportation”. The symbol can beplaced above, below or to the left orright of the Tire Identification Num-ber.

1st two-digit code: Manufacturer’s identifi-cation mark2nd two-digit code: Tire size3rd three-digit code: Tire type code (Op-tional)4th four-digit code: Date of ManufactureFour numbers represent the week and yearthe tire was built. For example, the numbers3103 means the 31st week of 2003.

j3 Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire.Tire manufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which include steel,nylon, polyester, and others.

j4 Maximum permissible inflation pressureThis number is the greatest amount of airpressure that should be put in the tire. Donot exceed the maximum permissible infla-tion pressure.

j5 Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximum load inkilograms and pounds that can be carriedby the tire. When replacing the tires on thevehicle, always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installed tire.

j6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”Indicates that the tire requires an inner tube(“tube type”) or not (“tubeless”).

j7 The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown, if the tire hasradial structure.

j8 Manufacturer or Brand nameManufacturer or Brand name is shown.

Other tire-related terminology

In addition to the many terms that are defined

throughout this section, Intended OutboardSidewall is (1) the sidewall that contains awhitewall, bears while lettering or bears manu-facturer, brand and/or model name moldingthat is higher or deeper than the same moldingon the other sidewall of the tire, or (2) theoutward racing sidewall of an asymmetrical tirethat has a particular side that must always faceoutward when mounted on a vehicle.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

O When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type(that is, summer, all season or snow)and construction. An INFINITI dealermay be able to help you with informa-tion about tire type, size, speed ratingand availability.

O Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not matchthe potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.


All season tires

INFINITI specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance for use

all year round, including snowy and icy roadconditions. All season tires are identified byALL SEASON and/or M&S (mud and snow) onthe tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snowtraction than all season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires

INFINITI specifies summer tires on some mod-els to provide superior performance on dryroads. Summer tire performance is substan-tially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tiresdo not have the tire traction rating M&S on thetire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy oricy conditions, INFINITI recommends the useof snow or all season tires on all four wheels.

Snow tires

If snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and load rating tothe original equipment tires. If you do not, itcan adversely affect the safety and handling ofyour vehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires and maynot match the potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximum speedrating of the tire.

If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icyconditions, INFINITI recommends the use ofsnow or all season tires on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some provincesand states prohibit their use. Check local, stateand provincial laws before installing studdedtires. Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINS

Use of tire chains may be prohibited accordingto location. Check the local laws before install-ing tire chains. When installing tire chains,make sure they are of proper size for the tireson your vehicle and are installed according tothe chain manufacturer’s instructions. Useonly SAE class S chains. Class “S” chainsare used on vehicles with restricted tire tovehicle clearance. Vehicles that can use Class“S” chains are designed to meet the SAEstandard minimum clearances between thetire and the closest vehicle suspension or bodycomponent required to accommodate the useof a winter traction device (tire chains orcables). The minimum clearances are deter-mined using the factory equipped tire size.Other types may damage your vehicle. Usechain tensioners when recommended by the


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit.Loose end links of the tire chain must besecured or removed to prevent the possibilityof whipping action damage to the fenders orundercarriage. If possible, avoid fully loadingyour vehicle when using tire chains. In addi-tion, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, yourvehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle han-dling and performance may be adversely af-fected.

Tire chains must be installed only on the rearwheels and not on the front wheels.

Never install tire chains on a T-type sparetire (TEMPORARY USE ONLY). Do not usethe chains on dry roads.

Driving with chains in such conditions cancause damage to the various mechanisms ofthe vehicle due to some overstress.

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotation

INFINITI recommends rotating the tires every7,500 miles (12,000 km). See “Flat tire” in the“In case of emergency” section for tire replac-ing procedures.

As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nuts tothe specified torque with a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N zm)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened tospecification at all times. It is recommended

that wheel nuts be tightened to specification ateach tire rotation interval.

WARNING

O After rotating the tires, adjust the tirepressure.

O Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

O Do not include the T-type spare tire orany other small size spare tire in thetire rotation.


DI0048-B


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

O Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bulging,or objects caught in the tread. If ex-cessive wear, cracks, bulging, ordeep cuts are found, the tire shouldbe replaced.

O The original tires have a built-in treadwear indicator. When the wear indica-

tor is visible, the tire should be re-placed.

O Improper service for a spare tire mayresult in serious personal injury. If itis necessary to repair the spare tire,contact your INFINITI dealer.


Replacing wheels and tires

When replacing a tire, use the same size,speed rating and load carrying capacity asoriginally equipped. See “Specifications” in the“9. Technical and consumer information” sec-tion for recommended types and sizes of tiresand wheels.

WARNING

O The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed use of

tires of different brands, construction(bias, bias-belted or radial), or treadpatterns can adversely affect the ride,braking, handling, ground clearance,body-to-tire clearance, tire chainclearance, speedometer calibration,headlight aim and bumper height.Some of these effects may lead toaccidents and could result in seriouspersonal injury.

O If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same offset dimen-sion. Wheels of a different offsetcould cause early tire wear, possiblydegraded vehicle handling character-istics and/or interference with thebrake discs. Such interference canlead to decreased braking efficiencyand/or early brake pad wear.

O When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, tire pressure willnot be indicated and the low tire pres-sure warning system will not func-tion. Contact your INFINITI dealer as

MDI0004


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

soon as possible for tire replacementand/or system resetting. (For modelswith the low tire pressure warningsystem)

O Do not install a deformed wheel ortire even if it has been repaired. Suchwheels or tires could have structuraldamage and could fail without warn-ing.

O The use of a retread tire is not recom-mended.


Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle han-dling and tire life. Even with regular use,wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, theyshould be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be performedwith the wheels off the vehicle. Spin balancing

the rear wheels on the vehicle could lead totransmission damage.

For additional information regarding tires, referto “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

Care of wheels

O Wash the wheels when washing the vehicleto maintain their appearance.

O Clean the inner side of the wheels when thewheel is changed or the underside of thevehicle is washed.

O Do not use abrasive cleaners when wash-ing the wheels.

O Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

O INFINITI recommends that the road wheelsbe waxed to protect against road salt inareas where it is used during winter.

Spare tire (T-type spare tire — if soequipped)

When a spare tire is mounted (t-type (tempo-rary) or conventional), the low tire pressurewarning system (if so equipped) will not func-tion.

Observe the following precautions if the T-typespare tire must be used, otherwise your ve-hicle could be damaged or involved in anaccident.

WARNING

O The T-type spare tire should be usedonly for an emergency. It should bereplaced by a standard tire at the firstopportunity.

O Drive carefully while the TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire is in-stalled. Avoid sharp turns and abruptbraking while driving.

O Periodically check spare tire inflationpressure. Always keep the pressureof the TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire at 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar). Al-ways keep the pressure of the fullsize spare tire (if so equipped) at therecommended pressure for standardtires, as indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label. For Tireand Loading Information label loca-tion, see “Tire and Loading Informa-


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

tion label” in the index of this manual.

O With the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire installed do not drive yourvehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH(80 km/h).

O When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire should be used onthe front axle and original tire usedon the rear axle (drive wheels). Usetire chains only on the rear (original)tires.

O Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire will wear at a fasterrate than the original tire. Replace thespare tire as soon as the tread wearindicators appear.

O Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

O Do not use more than one spare tireat the same time.

O Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire isinstalled.

CAUTION

O Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tirechains will not fit properly and maycause damage to the vehicle.

O Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire is smaller than the originaltire, ground clearance is reduced. Toavoid damage to the vehicle do notdrive over obstacles. Also do notdrive the vehicle through an auto-matic car wash since it might getcaught.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ........... 9-2Fuel recommendation........................................... 9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation.............. 9-5Recommended SAE viscosity number................. 9-6Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricantrecommendations ................................................. 9-7

Specifications ............................................................ 9-8Engine .................................................................. 9-8Wheels and tires .................................................. 9-9Dimensions and weights ...................................... 9-9

When traveling or registering your vehicle in anothercountry..................................................................... 9-10Vehicle identification ............................................... 9-10

Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate........... 9-10Vehicle identification number (Chassisnumber) .............................................................. 9-10Engine serial number ......................................... 9-11F.M.V.S.S. certification label .............................. 9-11Emission control information label ..................... 9-11Tire and loading information label...................... 9-12

Air conditioner specification label....................... 9-12Installing front license plate..................................... 9-13Vehicle loading information..................................... 9-14

Terms ................................................................. 9-14Vehicle load capacity ......................................... 9-15Loading tips ........................................................ 9-15

Towing a trailer ....................................................... 9-16Maximum load limits........................................... 9-16Towing load/specification ................................... 9-17Towing safety ..................................................... 9-17Flat towing .......................................................... 9-19

Uniform tire quality grading..................................... 9-20Emission control system warranty .......................... 9-21Reporting safety defects (US only) ......................... 9-22Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test(US only) ................................................................. 9-22Event data recorders............................................... 9-23Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation ............................................................. 9-23

In the event of a collision ................................... 9-24

Z 04.3.2/Y34-D/V5.0 X

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate)RecommendedspecificationsUS

measureImp

measureLiter

Fuel 21-1/8 gal 17-5/8 gal 80 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI (RON 96)*1

Engine oil*6Drain and refill

With oil filter change 5-7/8 qt 4-7/8 qt 5.6 O API Certification Mark*2, *3O API grade SJ or SL, Energy Conserving*2, *3O ILSAC grade GF-II & GF-III*2, *3Without oil filter change 5-1/4 qt 4-3/8 qt 5.0

Cooling system

With reservoir 10-3/8 qt 8-5/8 qt 9.8Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze/Coolant or equivalent

Reservoir 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8

Automatic transmission fluid — — — Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF*4

Differential gear oil — — — API GL-5 Viscosity SAE 80W-90*7

Cooling fan fluid

Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructionsin the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent*9

Power steering fluid (PSF) Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent*9

Brake fluidGenuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*5 or equivalent DOT 3(U.S. FMVSS No. 116)

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*8

Air conditioning system lubricants — — —NISSAN A/C System OilType S or exact equivalent

*1: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for fuel recommendation.*2: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for engine oil and oil filter recommendation.*3: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for recommended SAE viscosity number.*4: Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability, and may

damage the automatic transmission, which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.*5: Available in mainland US through your INFINITI dealer.*6: For additional information, see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.*7: For hot areas, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 0°C (32°F).*8: For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” in this section for air conditioner specification label.*9: For Canada, Nissan Automatic Transmission fluid (ATF), DEXRONTMIII/MERCONTM or equivalent ATF may also be used.

CAPACITIES ANDRECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS

9-2 Technical and consumer information

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

In order to maintain engine and exhaust sys-tem durability and performance, unleaded pre-mium gasoline with an octane rating of at least91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Researchoctane number 96) must be used.

If premium gasoline is not available, unleadedregular gasoline with an octane rating of 87AKI number (Research octane number 91)may be temporarily used, but only under thefollowing precautions:

O Have the fuel tank filled only partially withunleaded regular gasoline, and fill up withunleaded premium gasoline as soon aspossible.

O Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel-eration

CAUTION

Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission con-trol devices and systems, and couldalso affect the warranty coverage.

Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since this will

damage the three-way catalyst.

Reformulated gasoline

Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor-mulated gasolines. These gasolines are spe-cially designed to reduce vehicle emissions.INFINITI supports efforts towards cleaner airand suggests that you use reformulated gaso-line when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenates

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE andmethanol with or without advertising their pres-ence. INFINITI does not recommend the useof fuels of which the oxygenate content andthe fuel compatibility for your INFINITI cannotbe readily determined. If in doubt, ask yourservice station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, pleasetake the following precautions as the usage ofsuch fuels may cause vehicle performanceproblems and/or fuel system damage.

O The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than that rec-ommended for unleaded gasoline.

O If an oxygenate-blend, excepting a

methanol blend, is used, it should con-tain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

O If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol (me-thyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It shouldalso contain a suitable amount of appro-priate cosolvents and corrosion inhibi-tors. If not properly formulated with ap-propriate cosolvents and corrosioninhibitors, such methanol blends maycause fuel system damage and/or ve-hicle performance problems. At thistime, sufficient data is not available toensure that all methanol blends are suit-able for use in INFINITI vehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problems suchas engine stalling and hard hot starting areexperienced after using oxygenate-blend fu-els, immediately change to a non-oxygenatefuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during refu-eling. Gasoline containing oxygenates cancause paint damage.

Aftermarket fuel additives

INFINITI does not recommend the use of anyaftermarket fuel additives (i.e. fuel injector

Technical and consumer information 9-3

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

cleaner, octane booster, intake valve depositremovers, etc.) which are sold commercially.Many of these additives intended for gum,varnish or deposit removal may contain activesolvent or similar ingredients that can be harm-ful to the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tips

In most parts of North America, you should useunleaded gasoline with an octane rating of atleast 87 or 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number.However, you may use unleaded gasoline withan octane rating as low as 85 AKI number inthese high altitude areas [over 4,000 ft (1,219m)] such as: Colorado, Montana, New Mexico,Utah, Wyoming, northeastern Nevada, south-ern Idaho, western South Dakota, westernNebraska, and that part of Texas which isdirectly south of New Mexico.

Using unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than stated above can causepersistent, heavy spark knock. (Sparkknock is a metallic rapping noise.) If se-vere, this can lead to engine damage. If youdetect a persistent heavy spark knock evenwhen using gasoline of the stated octanerating, or if you hear steady spark knockwhile holding a steady speed on levelroads, have your dealer correct the condi-tion. Failure to correct the condition is

misuse of the vehicle, for which INFINITI isnot responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking,after-run or overheating. This in turn maycause excessive fuel consumption or damageto the engine. If any of the above symptomsare encountered, have your vehicle checked atan INFINITI dealer or other competent servicefacility.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is nocause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose the correct quality, andviscosity oil to ensure satisfactory engine lifeand performance. INFINITI recommends theuse of a low friction oil (energy conserving oil)in order to improve fuel economy and con-serve energy. Oils which do not have thespecified quality label should not be used asthey could cause engine damage.

Only those engine oils with the American Pe-troleum Institute (API) certification mark on the

front of the container should be used. This typeof oil supersedes the existing API SG, SH, orSJ and Energy Conserving I & II categories.

If you cannot find engine oil with the APIcertification mark, use an API grade SJ or SL,Energy conserving oil. An ILSAC grade GF-II& GF-III oil can also be used.

INFINITI recommends mineral based oils.These oils must however, meet the API qualityand SAE viscosity ratings specified for yourvehicle.

Oil additives

INFINITI does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosity

The engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is impor-tant that the engine oil viscosity be selectedbased on the temperatures at which the ve-hicle will be operated before the next oilchange. The recommended SAE viscositynumber chart shows the recommended oilviscosities for the expected ambient tempera-tures. Choosing an oil viscosity other than thatrecommended could cause serious enginedamage.

Selecting the correct oil filter

Your new vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. When replac-ing, use the genuine oil filter or its equivalentfor the reason described in change intervals.

Change intervals

The oil and oil filter change intervals for your

STI0367


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

engine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Oil and filter other thanthe specified quality, or oil and filter changeintervals longer than recommended could re-duce engine life. Damage to engines causedby improper maintenance or use of incorrectoil and filter quality and/or viscosity is notcovered by the new INFINITI vehicle warran-ties.

Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do not have tochange the oil before the first recommendedchange interval. Oil and filter change intervalsdepend upon how you use your vehicle. Op-eration under the following conditions mayrequire more frequent oil and filter changes.

O repeated short distance driving at cold out-side temperatures,

O driving in dusty conditions,

O extensive idling,

O towing a trailer.

O stop and go “rush hour” traffic

O aggressive driving

RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITYNUMBER

SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred for allambient temperatures. SAE 10W-30,10W-40 viscosity oil may be used if theambient temperature is above 0°F (−18°C).

5W-30 will positively improve fueleconomy.

TI1028-C


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANTRECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioning system in this INFINITIvehicle must be charged with the refriger-ant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the lubricant,Nissan A/C System Oil Type S or the exactequivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or lubri-cant will cause severe damage to the airconditioning system and will require thereplacement of all air conditioner sys-tem components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourINFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant does notaffect the earth’s atmosphere, certain govern-mental regulations require the recovery andrecycling of any refrigerant during automotiveair conditioning system service. Your INFINITIdealer has the trained technicians and equip-ment needed to recover and recycle your airconditioning system refrigerant.

Contact your INFINITI dealer when servicingyour air conditioning system.


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

ENGINE

Model VK45DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement8-cylinder, V-slantedat 90°

Bore 3 Stroke in (mm)3.661 3 3.256 (93.03 82.7)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 274.2 (4,494)

Firing order 1-8-7-3-6-5-4-2*1

Idle speed rpm See the emissioncontrol informationlabel on the under-side of the hood.

Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

CO percentage at idlespeed

[No air] %

Spark plug

Standard PLFR5A-11

Service optionHot type PLFR4A-11

Cold type PLFR6A-11

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

The spark ignition system of this vehiclemeets all requirements of the CanadianInterference-Causing Equipment Regula-tions.

STI0109

SPECIFICATIONS


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

WHEELS AND TIRES

Wheels

Road wheelType Size Offset in (mm)

Aluminum 18 x 7 1/2JJ 1.38 (35)

Tires

Tire

Type Size Pressure (cold)

Conventional 235/45R18 33 psi, 230 kPa

SpareConventional 33 psi, 230 kPa

T135/90D16 60 psi, 420 kPa

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Sedan

Overall length in (mm) 197.6 (5,020)

Overall width in (mm) 69.7 (1,770)

Overall height in (mm) 57.6 (1,465)

Front tread in (mm) 59.4 (1,510)

Rear tread in (mm) 59.4 (1,510)

Wheelbase in (mm) 110.2 (2,800)

Gross vehicle weight rating See the F.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label on the driver’s sidelock pillar.Gross axle weight rating


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

When planning to travel in another country,you should first find out if the fuel available issuitable for your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with too low an octane rating maycause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded engine gaso-line. Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle toareas where appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specifications maydiffer.

When any vehicle is to be taken into an-other country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, transpor-tation, and registration are the responsibil-ity of the user. INFINITI is not responsiblefor any inconvenience that may result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN) PLATE

The vehicle identification number plate is at-tached as shown. This number is the identifi-cation for your vehicle and is used in thevehicle registration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (Chassis number)

The number is stamped as shown.

STI0169 STI0263

WHEN TRAVELING ORREGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE INANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

The number is stamped on the engine asshown.

F.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION LABEL

The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards(F.M.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed asshown. This label contains valuable vehicleinformation, such as: Gross Vehicle WeightRatings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR), month and year of manufacture,Vehicle Identification Number, (VIN), etc. Re-view it carefully.

EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABEL

The emission control information label is at-tached as shown.

STI0266 STI0311 STI0312


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

TIRE AND LOADINGINFORMATION LABEL

The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire andLoading Information label affixed to the driverside center pillar (Type A) or inside of the rearleft door opening (Type B).

AIR CONDITIONERSPECIFICATION LABEL

The air conditioner specification label is affixedinside of the hood as shown.

STI0375Type A

STI0313Type B

STI0333


Z 04.3.3/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Use the following steps to mount the licenseplate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirm thatthe following parts are enclosed in the vinylbag.

O License plate bracket

O J-nut x 2

O Screw x 2

O Screw grommet x 2

1. Temporarily place the license plate bracketwhile aligning part jA of the front bumperwith part jB of the rear surface of thelicense plate bracket.

2. To determine where to drill the hole, markalong both sides of the mounting hole byusing a felt-tip pen.

3. Remove the license plate bracket and con-nect the arcs to form ovals. Mark the pointin the center of each oval. These are thepilot drilling locations.

4. Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0.39inch (10 mm) drill bit at the marked loca-tions. (Be sure that the drill only goesthrough the fascia, or damage to the nutmay occur.)

5. Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia.

6. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into thegrommet hole to add 90° turn onto the partjC .

7. Insert a J-nut into the license plate bracketbefore placing the license plate bracket onthe fascia.

8. Install the license plate bracket with screws.

9. Install the license plate with bolts that areno longer than 0.55 inch (14 mm).

STI0315

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSEPLATE


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O It is extremely dangerous to ride in acargo area inside of a vehicle. In acollision, people riding in these areasare more likely to be seriously injuredor killed

O Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seat belts.

O Be sure everyone in your vehicle is ina seat and using a seat belt properly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself with thefollowing terms before loading your vehicle:

O Curb Weight (actual weight of your vehicle)- vehicle weight including: standard andoptional equipment, fluids, emergencytools, and spare tire assembly. This weightdoes not include passengers and cargo.

O GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb weightplus the combined weight of passengersand cargo.

O GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) -maximum total combined weight of the un-loaded vehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch,trailer tongue load and any other optionalequipment. This information is located onthe F.M.V.S.S. label.

O GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - maxi-mum weight (load) limit specified for thefront or rear axle. This information is lo-cated on the F.M.V.S.S. label.

O GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) -The maximum total weight rating of thevehicle, passengers, cargo, and trailer.

O Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit, Totalload capacity - maximum total weight limitspecified of the load (passengers andcargo) for the vehicle. This is the maximumcombined weight of occupants and cargothat can be loaded into the vehicle. If thevehicle is used to tow a trailer, the trailertongue weight must be included as part ofthe cargo load. This information is locatedon the Tire and Loading Information label.

O Cargo capacity - permissible weight ofcargo, the weight of total occupants weightsubtracted from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOADINGINFORMATION


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicleshown as “The combined weight of occupantsand cargo” on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label. Do not exceed the number of occu-pants shown as “Seating Capacity” on the Tireand Loading Information label.

To get “the combined weight of occupants andcargo”, add the weight of all occupants, thenadd the total luggage weight to the value.Examples are shown in the illustration.

Steps for determining correct loadlimit

(1)Locate the statement “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kilograms or XXXpounds” on your vehicle’s placard.

(2)Determine the combined weight of thedriver and passengers that will be riding inyour vehicle.

(3)Subtract the combined weight of the driverand passengers from XXX kilograms orXXX pounds.

(4)The resulting figure equals the availableamount of cargo and luggage load capacity.For example, if the “XXX” amount equals1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb.passengers in your vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggage load capacityis 650 lbs. [1,400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.]

(5)Determine the combined weight of luggageand cargo being loaded on the vehicle. Forsafety, that weight must not exceed theavailable cargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, loadfrom your trailer will be transferred to yourvehicle. Consult this manual to determinehow this reduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of your vehicle.

LOADING TIPS

O The GVW must not exceed GVWR orGAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S. cer-tification label.

O Do not load the front and rear axle to theGAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR.

STI0365


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Properly secure all cargo to help pre-vent it from sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo could cause per-sonal injury.

O Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximum frontand rear GAWRs. If you do, parts onyour vehicle can break, or it canchange the way your vehicle handles.This could result in loss of controland cause personal injury.

O Overloading not only could shortenthe life of your vehicle and the tires,but also could lead to hazardous ve-hicle handling and long braking dis-tance. This may cause a prematuretire malfunction, which could result ina serious accident and personal in-jury. Failures caused by overloadingare not covered by your warranty.

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo. Re-member that towing a trailer will place addi-tional loads on your vehicle’s engine, drivetrain, steering, braking and other systems.

An INFINITI Trailer Towing Guide (US only)is available from an INFINITI dealer. Thisguide includes information on trailer towingability and the special equipment required forproper towing.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loads

Never allow the total trailer load to exceed thevalue specified in the TowingLoad/Specification Chart found later in thissection. The total trailer load equals the trailerweight plus its cargo weight.

Towing loads greater than specified or usingimproper towing equipment could adverselyaffect vehicle handling, braking and perfor-mance. The ability of your vehicle to tow atrailer is not only related to the maximum trailerloads, but also the places you plan to tow. Towweights appropriate for level highway drivingmay have to be reduced on very steep gradesor in low traction situations (for example, onslippery boat ramps).

WARNING

Vehicle damage resulting from impropertowing procedures are not covered byINFINITI warranties. An INFINITI TrailerTowing Guide (U.S. only) containing in-formation on trailer towing ability andthe special equipment required may beobtained from an INFINITI dealer.

TI1011M

TOWING A TRAILER


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Tongue load

Keep the tongue load between 9 and 11% ofthe total trailer load within the maximumtongue load limits shown in the following Tow-ing Load/Specification chart. If the tongue loadbecomes excessive, rearrange cargo to allowfor proper tongue load.

Maximum gross vehicle weight/maximum gross axle weight

The gross vehicle weight of the towing vehiclemust not exceed. GVWR shown on theF.M.V.S.S. certification label. The gross ve-hicle weight equals the combined weight of theunloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch,trailer tongue load and any other optionalequipment. In addition, front or rear gross axleweight must not exceed GAWR shown on theF.M.V.S.S. certification label.

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHARTUnit: lb (kg)

MAXIMUMTOWING LOAD

1,000 (454)

MAXIMUMTONGUE LOAD

110 (49)

TOWING SAFETY

Trailer hitch

Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle andtrailer. A genuine INFINITI trailer hitch is avail-able from your INFINITI dealer (US only).Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attachedto the vehicle, to help avoid personal injury orproperty damage due to sway caused bycrosswinds, rough road surfaces or passingtrucks.

CAUTION

O Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

O The hitch should not be attached toor affect the operation of the impact-absorbing bumper.

TI1012M


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

O Do not modify the vehicle exhaustsystem, brake system, etc. to install atrailer hitch.

O To reduce the possibility of additionaldamage if your vehicle is struck fromthe rear, where practical, remove thehitch and/or receiver when not in use.

O After the hitch is removed, seal thebolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes,water or dust from entering the pas-senger compartment.

O Regularly check that all hitch mount-ing bolts are securely mounted.

Tire pressures

O When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicletires to the recommended cold tire pressureindicated on the tire placard (located on theinside of the rear left door opening.

O Trailer tire condition, size, load rating andproper inflation pressure should be in ac-cordance with the trailer and tire manufac-turers’ specifications.

Safety chains

Always use a suitable chain between yourvehicle and the trailer. The safety chainsshould be crossed and should be attached tothe hitch, not to the vehicle bumper or axle. Besure to leave enough slack in the chains topermit turning corners.

Trailer lights

Trailer lights should comply with federal and/orlocal regulations. When wiring the vehicle fortowing, connect the stop and tail light pickupinto the vehicle electrical circuit.

Trailer brakes

If your trailer is equipped with a braking sys-tem, make sure it conforms to federal and/orlocal regulations and that it is properly in-stalled.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake systemdirectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips

O Be certain your vehicle maintains a levelposition when a loaded and/or unloaded

trailer is hitched. Do not drive the vehicle ifit has an abnormal nose-up or nose-downcondition; check for improper tongue load,overload, worn suspension or other pos-sible causes of either condition.

O Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shifts while driving.

O Be certain your rear view mirrors conform toall federal, state or local regulations. If not,install any mirrors required for towing be-fore driving the vehicle.

Trailer towing tips

In order to gain skill and an understanding ofthe vehicle’s behavior, you should practiceturning, stopping and backing up in an areawhich is free from traffic. Steering stability, andbraking performance will be somewhat differ-ent than under normal driving conditions.

O Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

O Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.

O Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

O Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed.

O Always block the wheels on both vehicleand trailer when parking. Parking on a


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

slope is not recommended; however, if youmust do so, first apply the parking brakeand block the wheels, and then move thetransmission selector lever into the P (Park)position. If you move the selector lever tothe P (Park) position before blocking thewheels and applying the parking brake, thetransmission may get damaged.

O When going down a hill, shift into a lowergear and use the engine braking effect.When ascending on a long grade, down-shift the transmission to a lower gear andreduce speed to reduce chances of engineoverloading and/or overheating.

O If the engine coolant rises to an extremelyhigh temperature when the air conditioningsystem is on, turn off the air conditioner.Coolant heat can be additionally vented byopening the windows, switching the fancontrol to high and setting the temperaturecontrol to the HOT position.

O Trailer towing consumes more fuel thannormal circumstances.

O Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km).

O Have your vehicle serviced more often thanat intervals specified in the recommendedmaintenance schedule in the INFINITI Ser-

vice and Maintenance Guide.

O When making a turn, your trailer wheels willbe closer to the inside of the turn than yourvehicle wheels. To compensate for this,make a larger than normal turning radiusduring the turn.

O Crosswinds and rough roads will adverselyaffect vehicle/trailer handling, possiblycausing vehicle sway. When being passedby larger vehicles, be prepared for possiblechanges in crosswinds that could affectvehicle handling. If swaying does occur,firmly grip the steering wheel, steer straightahead, and immediately (but gradually) re-duce vehicle speed. This combination willhelp stabilize the vehicle. Never increasespeed.

O Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requires con-siderably more distance than normal pass-ing. Remember the length of the trailermust also pass the other vehicle before youcan safely change lanes.

O To maintain engine braking efficiency andelectrical charging performance, do not useor overdrive (automatic transmission).

O Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could cause the

brakes to overheat, resulting in reducedbraking efficiency.

When towing a trailer, change transmissionoil more frequently.For additional information, see the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectionearlier in this manual.

FLAT TOWING

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on theground is sometimes called flat towing. Thismethod is sometimes used when towing avehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such asa motor home.

CAUTION

O Failure to follow these guidelines canresult in severe transmission dam-age.

O Whenever flat towing your vehicle,always tow forward, never backward.

O DO NOT tow any automatic transmis-sion vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground (flat towing). Doing soWILL DAMAGE internal transmission


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

parts due to lack of transmission lu-brication.

O For emergency towing procedures re-fer to “Towing Recommended byINFINITI” in the “6. In case of emer-gency” section of this manual.

Automatic transmission

To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatictransmission, an appropriate vehicle dollyMUST be placed under the towed vehicle’sdrive wheels. Always follow the dolly manu-facturer’s recommendations when using theirproduct.

DOT (Department Of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conformto federal safety requirements in addition tothese grades.

Quality grades can be found where applicableon the tire sidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear

Treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on tire wear rate when tested undercontrolled conditions on specified governmenttest courses. For example, a tire graded 150would wear one and a half (1-1/2) times as wellon the government course as a tire graded100. However, relative tire performance de-pends on actual driving conditions, and mayvary significantly from the norm due to varia-tions in driving habits, service practices anddifferences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest,are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades representthe tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphalt

and concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to your ve-hicle tires is based on straight-aheadbraking traction tests, and does not in-clude acceleration, cornering, hydro-planing, or peak traction characteristics.

Temperature A, B and C

Temperature grades are A (the highest), B,and C. They represent a tire’s resistance toheat build-up, and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled conditions on aspecified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sus-tained high temperature can cause tire mate-rial to degenerate, reducing tire life. Excessivetemperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.Grade C corresponds to a performance levelwhich all passenger car tires must meet underthe Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades A and B represent higher levels ofperformance on laboratory test wheels thanthe minimum required by law.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITYGRADING


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combina-tion, can cause heat buildup and pos-sible tire failure.

Your INFINITI is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For US:

O Emission Defects Warranty

O Emissions Performance Warranty(See Warranty Information Booklet for de-tails.)

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found withother vehicle warranties in your Warranty In-formation Booklet (Warranty and RoadsideAssistance Information (Canada only)) thatcomes with your INFINITI. If you did not re-ceive a Warranty Information Booklet (War-ranty and Roadside Assistance Information(Canada only)), or it has become lost, you mayobtain a replacement by writing to:

O INFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 47038, Gardena, CA 90247-6838

O Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5

O INFINITI DivisionNissan Motor Corporation in Hawaii, Ltd.Consumer Affairs Department2880 Kilihau StreetHonolulu, Hawaii 96819

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addition to no-tifying INFINITI.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or INFINITI.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the AutoSafety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236.You may also write to: NHTSA, U.S. De-partment of Transportation, Washington,D.C. 20590. You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehicle safety fromthe Hotline.

You may notify INFINITI by contacting ourConsumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at1-800-662-6200.In Hawaii call (808) 836-0888.

Due to legal requirements in some states/areas, your vehicle may be required to be inwhat is called the “ready condition” for anInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emis-sion control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain driving pat-terns. Usually, the “ready condition” can beobtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repairedor the battery is disconnected, the vehicle maybe reset to a not “ready condition”. Beforetaking the I/M test, drive the vehicle throughthe following pattern to set the vehicle to theready condition. If you cannot or do not want toperform the driving pattern, an INFINITI dealercan conduct it for you.

WARNING

Always drive the vehicle in a safe andprudent manner according to traffic con-ditions, and obey all traffic laws.

1. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idleuntil the engine coolant temperature gaugeneedle points between the C and H (normaloperating temperature).

2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h), then quickly release the acceleratorpedal completely and keep it released for atleast 6 seconds.

3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for amoment, then drive the vehicle at a speedof 53 to 60 MPH (86 to 96 km/h) for at least5 minutes.

4. Stop the vehicle. Leave the engine running.

5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH (55 km/h)and maintain the speed for 20 seconds.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 3 times.

7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88 km/h)and maintain the speed for at least 3 min-utes.

8. Stop the vehicle. Place the transmissiongear selector lever in the “P” or “N” position.

9. Rev the engine up between 2,500 and3,500 rpm and hold it there for 3 consecu-tive minutes, then release the acceleratorpedal completely.

10.Wait 5 seconds with the engine at idle.

11.Rev the engine up between 2,000 and3,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 5consecutive minutes.

12.Turn the engine off.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS(US only)

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST (USonly)


Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

13.Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one moretime.

If step 1 through 7 is interrupted, repeat thepreceding step. Any safe driving mode is ac-ceptable between steps. Do not stop the en-gine until step 7 is completed.

Your vehicle is equipped with a variety ofcomputers that monitor and control a numberof systems to optimize performance and helpservice technicians with diagnosis and repair.Depending on the equipment on your vehicle,some of the computers monitor emission con-trol systems, braking systems and air bagsystems, just to name a few. Some data aboutvehicle operation may be stored in the com-puters for use during servicing. Other datamay be stored if a crash event occurs. Forexample, air bag readiness, air bag perfor-mance, and seat belt use by the driver orpassenger may be recorded, depending onvehicle equipment. These types of systemsare sometimes called Event Data Recorders.

Special equipment can be used to access theelectronic data that may be stored in thevehicle’s computers (sounds are not re-corded). Nissan (Infiniti) and Nissan (Infiniti)dealers have equipment to access some ofthis data; others may also have this equip-ment. The data may be retrieved during rou-tine vehicle servicing or for special research. Itmight also be accessed with the consent of thevehicle owner or lessee, in response to arequest by law enforcement, or as otherwiserequired or permitted by law.

A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information foryour vehicle. Filled with wiring diagrams, illus-trations and step-by-step diagnostic and ad-justment procedures, this manual is the sameone used by the factory trained techniciansworking at INFINITI dealerships. Also avail-able are genuine INFINITI Owner’s Manuals,and genuine INFINITI Service and Owner’sManuals for older INFINITI models.

In the USA:

For current pricing and availability of genuineINFINITI Service Manuals for the 2000 modelyear and later, contact:

Tweddle Litho Company1-800-450-9491www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genuineINFINITI Service Manuals for the 1999 modelyear and prior, see an INFINITI dealer, orcontact:

DDS Distribution Services, Ltd.20770 Westwood RoadStrongsville, OH 441361-800-247-5321

For current pricing and availability of genuineINFINITI Owner’s Manuals for the 2004

EVENT DATA RECORDERS OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION


Z 04.3.16/Y34-D/V5.0 X

model year and prior, see an INFINITI dealer,or contact:

DDS Distribution Services, Ltd.20770 Westwood RoadStrongsville, OH 441361-800-247-5321

In Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITIService Manual or Owner’s Manual pleasecontact your nearest INFINITI dealer. For thephone number and location of an INFINITIdealer in your area call the INFINITI Satisfac-tion Center at 1-800-361-4792 and a bilingualINFINITI representative will assist you.

Also available are genuine INFINITI Serviceand Owner’s Manuals for older INFINITI mod-els.

IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION

Unfortunately, accidents do occur. In this un-likely event, there is some important informa-tion you should know. Many insurance compa-nies routinely authorize the use of non-genuine collision parts in order to cut costs,among other reasons.

Insist on the use of Genuine InfinitiCollision Parts!

If you want your vehicle to be restored usingparts made to INFINITI’s original exactingspecifications — if you want to help it to lastand hold its resale value, the solution issimple. Tell your insurance agent and yourrepair shop to only use Genuine InfinitiCollision Parts. INFINITI does not warrantnon-Infiniti parts, nor does Infiniti’s warrantyapply to damage caused by a non-genuineparts.

Using Genuine Infiniti Parts can help protectyour personal safety, preserve your warrantyprotection and maintain the resale value ofyour vehicle. And if your vehicle was leased,using Genuine Infiniti Parts may prevent orlimit unnecessary excess wear and tear ex-penses at the end of your lease.

INFINITI designs its hoods with crumple zonesto minimize the risk that the hood will penetratethe windshield of your vehicle in an accident.Non-genuine (imitation) parts may not providesuch built in safety features. Also, non-genuineparts often show premature wear, rust andcorrosion.

Why should you take a chance?

In over 40 states, the law says you must be

advised if non-genuine parts are used to repairyour vehicle. And some states have enactedlaws that restrict insurance companies fromauthorizing the use of non-genuine collisionparts during the new vehicle warranty. Theselaws help protect you, so you can take actionto protect yourself.

It’s your right!


Z 04.3.2/Y34-D/V5.0 X

10 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock brake system)......................... 5-40Aiming control, Headlights .............................. 2-22Air bag system

Front (See supplemental restraintsystem) ...................................................... 1-12Side and curtain (See supplemental side airbag and curtain side-impact air bagsystem) ...................................................... 1-14

Air bag warning labels .................................... 1-17Air bag warning light.............................. 1-17, 2-12Air cleaner housing filter ................................. 8-17Air conditioner

Air conditioner service............................... 4-13Air conditioner specification label.............. 9-12Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations................ 4-13, 9-7Automatic climate control ............................ 4-9In-cabin microfilter ..................................... 4-12Operation (See automatic climatecontrol)......................................................... 4-9

Alcohol, drugs and driving ................................ 5-5Ambient temperature, Air conditioner ............. 4-12Anchor point locations

Top tether strap......................................... 1-35Antenna........................................................... 4-28Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)........................ 5-40Anti-lock brake warning light............................. 2-9

Appearance careExterior appearance care............................ 7-2Interior appearance care ............................. 7-3

Armrest ............................................................. 1-5Ashtrays (See cigarette lighter andashtrays) ......................................................... 2-28Audible reminders........................................... 2-14Audio operation precautions........................... 4-15Audio system .................................................. 4-13

Steering wheel audio controls................... 4-28Autolight system ............................................. 2-20Automatic

Anti-glare inside mirror .............................. 3-17Automatic sunroof ..................................... 2-33Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ........... 8-13Automatic transmission position indicatorlight ............................................................ 2-13Climate control ............................................ 4-9Drive positioner ......................................... 3-19Driving with automatic transmission .... 5-6, 5-9Seat positioner, seat ................................. 3-19Transmission selector lever lockrelease....................................................... 5-12

Avoiding collision and rollover .......................... 5-5

B

Battery............................................................. 8-15Battery saver system................................. 2-21

Battery replacement, Remote keyless entrysystem............................................................... 3-9Before starting the engine ................................ 5-8Belts (See drive belts) .................................... 8-16Brake

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ................... 5-40Brake assist (for Intelligent cruise controlsystem) ...................................................... 5-35Brake booster ............................................ 8-21Brake fluid ................................................. 8-14Brake pedal ............................................... 8-20Brake pedal check..................................... 8-20Brake system............................................. 5-40Parking brake check ........................ 5-13, 8-20Parking brake operation ............................ 5-13Warning light ............................................. 2-10

Break-in schedule ........................................... 5-37Brightness control, Instrument panel .............. 2-23Bulb check/instrument panel ............................ 2-9Bulb replacement............................................ 8-24

C

Cabin air filter ................................................. 4-12Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants... 9-2Car phone or CB radio ................................... 4-29Cargo net ........................................................ 2-31Cassette player (See audio system) .............. 4-23Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst............ 5-3

Z 03.10.8/Y34-D/V5.0 X

CD care and cleaning..................................... 4-27Child restraints................................................ 1-27

Installation on front passenger seat.......... 1-36Installation on rear seat outboard or centerpositions .................................................... 1-28Precautions on child restraints.................. 1-27Top tether strap anchor point locations .... 1-35With top tether strap.................................. 1-35

Child safety ..................................................... 1-22Child safety rear door lock................................ 3-5Chimes

Audible reminders ..................................... 2-14Seat belt warning light and chime............. 2-12

Cigarette lighter and ashtrays......................... 2-28Circuit breaker, Fusible link ............................ 8-22Cleaning exterior and interior .................... 7-2, 7-3Climate control, Automatic climate control ....... 4-9Climate controlled seats ................................. 2-25Clock ............................................................... 2-26Cold weather driving....................................... 5-43Command (See voice-activated controlsystem) ........................................................... 4-35Compact Disc (CD) auto changer .................. 4-25Compact spare tire ......................................... 8-36Compass display .............................................. 2-6Console box.................................................... 2-31Control panel button functions.......................... 4-2Controls

Control panel button (display) ..................... 4-2Heater and air conditioner controls(See automatic climate control) .................. 4-9Steering wheel audio controls................... 4-28

CoolantCapacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ..................................................... 9-2Changing engine coolant ............................ 8-9Checking engine coolant level .................... 8-8

Cooling fan fluid.............................................. 8-13Corrosion protection ......................................... 7-5Cruise control.................................................. 5-14Cruise control, Fixed speed cruise control(on ICC system).............................................. 5-32Cruise control, Intelligent cruise controlsystem............................................................. 5-16Cup holders .................................................... 2-29Curtain side-impact air bag system (Seesupplemental side air bag and curtain side-impactair bag system) ............................................... 1-14CVT, Transmission selector lever lockrelease ............................................................ 5-12

D

Daytime running light system ......................... 2-22Defroster switch, Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch............................................... 2-19Dimensions and weights................................... 9-9Display controls (See control panel buttonfunctions) .......................................................... 4-2Door open warning light ................................. 2-10Drive belts ....................................................... 8-16Drive positioner, Automatic............................. 3-19Driving

Cold weather driving ................................. 5-43Driving with automatic transmission .... 5-6, 5-9Precautions when starting and driving........ 5-2

E

Economy, Fuel ................................................ 5-37Emission control information label.................. 9-11Emission control system warranty .................. 9-21Engine

Before starting the engine........................... 5-8Break-in schedule...................................... 5-37Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ..................................................... 9-2Changing engine coolant ............................ 8-9Changing engine oil .................................. 8-11Changing engine oil filter .......................... 8-12Checking engine coolant level .................... 8-8Checking engine oil level .......................... 8-10Coolant temperature gauge ........................ 2-4Engine block heater .................................. 5-44Engine compartment check locations ......... 8-7Engine cooling system ................................ 8-8Engine oil................................................... 8-10Engine oil and oil filter recommendation..... 9-5Engine oil viscosity...................................... 9-5Engine serial number ................................ 9-11Engine specifications................................... 9-8If your vehicle overheats ........................... 6-10Starting the engine ...................................... 5-8

Event data recorders ...................................... 9-23Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) ...................... 5-2

F

F.M.V.S.S. certification label........................... 9-11Filter

10-2

Z 04.3.2/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Air cleaner housing filter ........................... 8-17Changing engine oil filter .......................... 8-12

Flashers (See hazard warning flasherswitch)............................................................. 2-24Flat tire.............................................................. 6-2Flat tire, Low tire pressure warning system ..... 5-3Floor mat cleaning ............................................ 7-4Fluid

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ........... 8-13Brake fluid ................................................. 8-14Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ..................................................... 9-2Cooling fan fluid ........................................ 8-13Engine coolant............................................. 8-8Engine oil................................................... 8-10Power steering fluid................................... 8-13Window washer fluid ................................. 8-14

FM-AM-SAT radio with cassette player andCompact Disc (CD) changer........................... 4-17Fog light switch............................................... 2-23Front air bag system (See supplemental restraintsystem) ........................................................... 1-12Front power seat adjustment ............................ 1-2Fuel

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ..................................................... 9-2filler cap ..................................................... 3-14filler lid ....................................................... 3-14Fuel economy............................................ 5-37Fuel economy information (display) .......... 4-31Fuel octane rating ....................................... 9-3Fuel recommendation.................................. 9-3Gauge.......................................................... 2-5

Fuses .............................................................. 8-21

Fusible links .................................................... 8-22

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink UniversalTransceiver ..................................................... 2-38Gas cap .......................................................... 3-14Gauge ............................................................... 2-3

Engine coolant temperature gauge............. 2-4Fuel gauge .................................................. 2-5Odometer..................................................... 2-3Speedometer ............................................... 2-3Tachometer ................................................. 2-4

General maintenance ....................................... 8-2Glove box........................................................ 2-30Glove box lock ................................................ 2-30

H

Hazard warning flasher switch........................ 2-24Head restraints ................................................. 1-4Headlights

Aiming control............................................ 2-22Bulb replacement ...................................... 8-25Headlight switch ........................................ 2-20Xenon headlights....................................... 2-19

HeaterAutomatic climate control ............................ 4-9Engine coolant heater ............................... 5-44

HomeLink Universal Transceiver.................. 2-38Hood release .................................................. 3-11Horn ................................................................ 2-24How to stop alarm .......................................... 2-16

I

Ignition switch ................................................... 5-6Automatic transmission models ........... 5-6, 5-9Key positions ............................................... 5-6

Immobilizer system ......................................... 2-16In-cabin microfilter .......................................... 4-12Indicator lights................................................. 2-13Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System

Engine start ................................................. 5-7Inside automatic anti-glare mirror ................... 3-17Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test................... 9-22Instrument brightness control ......................... 2-23Instrument panel ............................................... 2-2Intelligent cruise control (ICC) system............ 5-16Intelligent cruise control (ICC) system, Brakeassist ............................................................... 5-35Interior light ..................................................... 2-35Interior light replacement ................................ 8-26Interior trunk lid release.................................. 3-13ISOFIX child restraint ..................................... 1-33

J

Jump starting .................................................... 6-7

K

Keyless entry (See remote keyless entrysystem) ............................................................. 3-6Keys (Electronic ignition key) ........................... 3-2

10-3

Z 04.3.2/Y34-D/V5.0 X

L

Label, Air conditioner specification label ........ 9-12Label, Emission control information label....... 9-11Label, F.M.V.S.S. certification label................ 9-11Labels

Air bag warning labels............................... 1-17Engine serial number ................................ 9-11Vehicle identification number (VIN)........... 9-10

LATCH system................................................ 1-33License plate, Installing front license plate..... 9-13Light

Air bag warning light ................................. 1-17Bulb replacement ...................................... 8-24Fog light switch ......................................... 2-23Headlight switch ........................................ 2-20Headlights Bulb replacement .................... 8-25Interior light................................................ 2-35Personal lights........................................... 2-36Replacement ............................................. 8-24Trunk light.................................................. 2-38Vanity mirror light ...................................... 2-38Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders ........................................... 2-9, 2-13Xenon headlights....................................... 2-19

Lights, Exterior and interior lightreplacement .................................................... 8-26Loading information (See vehicle loadinginformation) ..................................................... 9-14Lock

Door locks ................................................... 3-3Glove box lock........................................... 2-30Power door lock .......................................... 3-3Trunk lid lock opener lever........................ 3-11

Lockout protection ............................................ 3-5Low tire pressure warning light....................... 2-11Low tire pressure warning system ............ 5-3, 6-2

M

MaintenanceBattery ....................................................... 8-15General maintenance .................................. 8-2Inside the vehicle ........................................ 8-4Maintenance information (display) ............ 4-32Maintenance precautions ............................ 8-5Maintenance requirements.......................... 8-2Outside the vehicle...................................... 8-3Seat belt maintenance .............................. 1-26Under the hood and the vehicle.................. 6-2

Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) .................... 2-13Meters and gauges........................................... 2-3Meters and gauges, Instrument brightnesscontrol ............................................................. 2-23Mirror

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror ............. 3-17Outside mirror control................................ 3-17Outside mirrors.......................................... 3-17

N

Net, Cargo net ................................................ 2-31New vehicle break-in ...................................... 5-37Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System ............... 2-15

O

Odometer .......................................................... 2-3Oil

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ..................................................... 9-2Changing engine oil .................................. 8-11Checking engine oil level .......................... 8-10Engine oil................................................... 8-10Engine oil viscosity...................................... 9-5

Outside mirror control ..................................... 3-17Outside mirrors ............................................... 3-17Overheat, If your vehicle overheats................ 6-10Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation ...................................................... 9-23

P

ParkingBrake check............................................... 8-20Parking brake check.................................. 5-13Parking brake operation ............................ 5-13Parking on hills.......................................... 5-13

Parking/parking on hills .................................. 5-38Personal lights ................................................ 2-37Phone, Car phone or CB radio....................... 4-29Power

Front seat adjustment ................................. 1-2Power door lock .......................................... 3-3Power outlet .............................................. 2-27Power steering fluid................................... 8-13Power steering system.............................. 5-39Power windows ......................................... 2-32

10-4

Z 04.3.2/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Pre-tensioner seat belt system....................... 1-16Precautions

Audio operation ......................................... 4-15Braking precautions................................... 5-40Child restraints .......................................... 1-27Cruise control ............................................ 5-14Maintenance ................................................ 8-5Seat belt usage ......................................... 1-19Supplemental restraint system.................... 1-6When starting and driving ........................... 5-2

Push starting..................................................... 6-9

R

Radio............................................................... 4-13Car phone or CB radio.............................. 4-29FM-AM radio with cassette player andCompact Disc (CD) changer ..................... 4-17Steering wheel audio controls................... 4-28

Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test(US only) ......................................................... 9-22Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock...... 3-5Rear power point ............................................ 2-27Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch .............................................................. 2-19Registering your vehicle in another country ... 9-10Remote keyless entry system........................... 3-6Reporting safety defects (US only)................. 9-22Roadside assistance program .......................... 6-2Rollover............................................................. 5-5

S

SafetyChild seat belts.......................................... 1-22Reporting safety defects (US only) ........... 9-22Towing safety ............................................ 9-17

Satellite radio operation.................................. 4-22Seat

Belt warning light....................................... 1-19Belt warning light and chime..................... 2-12

Seat adjustment, Front power seatadjustment ........................................................ 1-2Seat belt(s)

Child safety................................................ 1-22Infants and small children ......................... 1-22Injured persons.......................................... 1-23Larger children .......................................... 1-22Pre-tensioner seat belt system ................. 1-16Precautions on seat belt usage ................ 1-19Pregnant women ....................................... 1-22Seat belt cleaning........................................ 7-4Seat belt extenders ................................... 1-26Seat belt maintenance .............................. 1-26Seat belts .................................................. 1-19Shoulder belt height adjustment ............... 1-25Three-point type with retractor .................. 1-23

Seat(s)Climate controlled seats............................ 2-25Driver-side memory ................................... 3-19Seats ........................................................... 1-2

Security system, Vehicle security system ...... 2-15Security systems (Infiniti Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), Engine start ..................................... 2-16

Security systems (See vehicle securitysystem) ........................................................... 2-15Servicing air conditioner (See automatic climatecontrol) .............................................................. 4-9Servicing climate control................................. 4-13Shift lock release ............................................ 5-12Shift lock release, CVT................................... 5-12Shifting

Automatic transmission........................ 5-6, 5-9Shoulder belt height adjustment, For frontseats ............................................................... 1-25Side air bag system (See supplemental side airbag and curtain side-impact air bagsystem) ........................................................... 1-14Spark plugs..................................................... 8-17Speedometer .................................................... 2-3Starting

Before starting the engine........................... 5-8Jump starting............................................... 6-7Precautions when starting and driving........ 5-2Push starting ............................................... 6-9Starting the engine ...................................... 5-8

SteeringPower steering fluid................................... 8-13Power steering system.............................. 5-39Steering wheel switch for audiocontrols ...................................................... 4-28Tilting telescopic steering column ............. 3-15

Storage ........................................................... 2-29Sun shade....................................................... 2-34Sun visors ....................................................... 3-16Sunglasses holder .......................................... 2-29Sunroof ........................................................... 2-33

Automatic sunroof ..................................... 2-33

10-5

Z 03.10.8/Y34-D/V5.0 X

Supplemental air bag warning labels ............. 1-17Supplemental air bag warning light....... 1-17, 2-12Supplemental front impact air bag system..... 1-12Supplemental restraint system ......................... 1-6

Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem ......................................................... 1-6

Supplemental side and curtain side-impact air bagsystem............................................................. 1-14Switch

Audio control steering wheel switch.......... 4-28Fog light switch ......................................... 2-23Hazard warning flasher switch .................. 2-24Headlight aiming control............................ 2-22Headlight switch ........................................ 2-20Ignition switch.............................................. 5-5Ignition switch automatic transmissionmodels.................................................. 5-5, 5-8Interior light switch .................................... 2-35Power door lock switch ............................... 3-5Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch......................................................... 2-19Turn signal switch ..................................... 2-23Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) offswitch......................................................... 2-26

T

Tachometer....................................................... 2-4Temperature gauge, Engine coolant temperaturegauge ................................................................ 2-4Theft (Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System), Enginestart ................................................................. 2-16Three way catalyst............................................ 5-3Tilting telescopic steering column................... 3-15

TireFlat tire ........................................................ 6-2Low tire pressure warning system....... 5-3, 6-2Pressure, Low tire pressure warninglight ............................................................ 2-11Spare tire................................................... 8-36Tire placard ...................................... 8-30, 9-12Tire pressure information (display) ........... 4-33Uniform tire quality grading ....................... 9-20

TiresTire chains................................................. 8-33Tire pressure ............................................. 8-29Tire rotation ............................................... 8-34Types of tires............................................. 8-33Wheel/tire size............................................. 9-9Wheels and tires ....................................... 8-29

Top tether strap child restraints...................... 1-35Towing

Tow truck towing ....................................... 6-11Towing a trailer.......................................... 9-16Towing load/specification chart ................. 9-17Towing safety ............................................ 9-17

Trailer towing .................................................. 9-16Transceiver, HomeLink UniversalTransceiver ..................................................... 2-38Transmission

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ........... 8-13Driving with automatic transmission .... 5-5, 5-8Transmission selector lever lockrelease....................................................... 5-12

Transmitter (See remote keyless entrysystem) ............................................................. 3-6Traveling or registering your vehicle in anothercountry ............................................................ 9-10

Trip computer information (display) ................ 4-31Trouble-shooting guide (for voice-activated controlsystem) ........................................................... 4-41Trunk

Interior trunk lid release ............................ 3-13Lid lock opener lever................................. 3-11Light........................................................... 2-38

Turn signal switch........................................... 2-23

U

Underbody cleaning.......................................... 7-3Uniform tire quality grading............................. 9-20

V

Vanity mirror light............................................ 2-38Vehicle

Dimensions and weights ............................. 9-9Identification number (VIN) ....................... 9-10Loading information................................... 9-14Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle)............ 6-13Security system ......................................... 2-15Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) offswitch......................................................... 2-26Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system .... 5-41Vehicle electronic systems.......................... 4-7Vehicle information (display) ..................... 4-29

Ventilators ......................................................... 4-9Voice command (See voice-activated controlsystem) ........................................................... 4-35Voice-activated control system (VACS).......... 4-35

10-6

Z 04.3.16/Y34-D/V5.0 X

W

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels .......... 1-17Warning light

Air bag warning light ........................ 1-17, 2-12Anti-lock brake warning light ....................... 2-9Brake warning light.................................... 2-10Door open warning light ............................ 2-10Low tire pressure warning light ................. 2-11Seat belt warning light and chime............. 2-12

Warning lights ................................................... 2-9Warning, Hazard warning flasher switch ........ 2-24Warning, Low tire pressure warningsystem ....................................................... 5-3, 6-2Warning, Warning indicator (See vehicleinformation) ..................................................... 4-29Warning, Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders .......................................................... 2-9Warranty, Emission control systemwarranty .......................................................... 9-21Washer switch, Windshield wiper and washerswitch .............................................................. 2-18Washing ............................................................ 7-2Waxing .............................................................. 7-2Weights (See dimensions and weights) ........... 9-9Wheel/tire size .................................................. 9-9Wheels and tires............................................. 8-29

Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels................. 7-3Window washer fluid....................................... 8-14Window(s)

Cleaning ...................................................... 7-3Power windows ......................................... 2-32

Windshield wiper and washer switch.............. 2-18

WiperWindshield wiper and washer switch ........ 2-18Wiper blades ............................................. 8-18

X

Xenon headlights ............................................ 2-19

10-7

Z 03.7.25/Y34-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-8

Z 03.8.5/Y34-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-9

Z 03.8.5/Y34-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-10

Z 03.8.5/Y34-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-11

Z 03.8.5/Y34-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-12

Z 03.8.5/Y34-D/V5.0 X

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:

In order to maintain engine and exhaust sys-tem durability and performance, unleaded pre-mium gasoline with an octane rating of at least91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Researchoctane number 96) must be used.

If premium gasoline is not available, unleadedregular gasoline with an octane rating of 87AKI number (Research octane number 91)may be temporarily used, but only under thefollowing precautions:

O Have the fuel tank filled only partially withunleaded regular gasoline, and fill up withunleaded premium gasoline as soon aspossible.

O Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel-eration

CAUTION

Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission con-trol systems, and may also affect war-ranty coverage.

Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since this willdamage the three way catalyst.

For additional information, see “Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Tech-nical and consumer information” section.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:

O API Certification Mark

O API grade SJ or SL, Energy Conserving

O ILSAC grade GF-II & GF-III

O SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred for allambient temperatures. SAE 10W-30,10W-40 viscosity oil may be used for am-bient temperatures above 0°F (−18°C).

See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section for engine oil and oil filterrecommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:

See the Tire and Loading Information labelaffixed to the driver side center pillar or insideof the rear left door opening.

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-INPROCEDURESRECOMMENDATION:

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendations out-lined in the “Break-in schedule” Informationfound in the “5. Starting and driving” section of

this Owner’s Manual. Follow these recommen-dations for the future reliability and economy ofyour new vehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

Z 03.8.5/Y34-D/V5.0 X

1. Engine oil (P.8-10)

2. Brake fluid (P.8-14)

3. Meters and gauges (P.2-3)

4. Hood release (P.3-11)

5. Trunk release (P.3-13)/Fuel filler lid release(P.3-14)

6. Seat belt (P.1-19)

7. Door lock/key (P.3-2)

8. Windshield washer fluid (P.8-14)

9. Battery (P.8-15)

10. Engine coolant (P.8-8)

11. Power steering fluid (P.8-13)

12. Audio system (P.4-13)/Automatic climatecontrol (P.4-9)

13. Fuel (P.3-14, P.9-2)

14. Spare tire (P.6-4, P.8-36)

STI0316

Z 03.10.6/Y34-D/V5.0 X

2004 Infiniti M45 Owner Guide - Dealer.com US · belt and receive serious internal injuries. O For...

Documents

Transcript of 2004 Infiniti M45 Owner Guide - Dealer.com US · belt and receive serious internal injuries. O For...